https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/the-book-mentor-podcast--5943043unlock the secrets behind game-changing business books, diving into the minds of influential authors and experts.

Whether you're writing your first book or looking to amplify your message, each episode provides insights, strategies, and inspiration to help you craft an authority-building book.

• Series 5: Discover what it takes to write a book that changes everything - insights from authors and experts who want to make a difference.
• Series 4: Explore publishing and marketing with conversations, inspiration, and top tips to maximise your book’s impact.
• Series 3: Tackle hot topics in book writing with expert insights and actionable advice from published authors.
• Series 2: Go behind the scenes with successful business authors and uncover the strategies that got them published.
• Series 1: Meet the marketing experts from Book Marketing Made Simple and learn how to leverage your book for business growth.

You can find out more about our events at www.librotas.com/librotasevents including our monthly Coffee and Connect Café networking event and writing retreat in Spain.

Get your copy of Karen's latest book at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.

Connect with Karen

Website: http://www.librotas.com
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/librotas
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas
X (Twitter): https://twitter.com/librotas
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@librotas]]>enBooksKaren Williams - Librotas Ltdhttps://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4bfbee6bf7ef3a198810184ac4b32fe6.jpghttps://www.spreaker.com/podcast/the-book-mentor-podcast--5943043Sat, 16 May 2026 10:33:32 +0000Karen WilliamsKaren Williams - Librotas Ltdkaren@librotas.comIn The Book Mentor Podcast (forrmerly Business Book Bites) we unlock the secrets behind game-changing business books, diving into the minds of influential authors and experts. Whether you're writing your first book or looking to amplify your message,...unlock the secrets behind game-changing business books, diving into the minds of influential authors and experts.

Whether you're writing your first book or looking to amplify your message, each episode provides insights, strategies, and inspiration to help you craft an authority-building book.

• Series 5: Discover what it takes to write a book that changes everything - insights from authors and experts who want to make a difference.
• Series 4: Explore publishing and marketing with conversations, inspiration, and top tips to maximise your book’s impact.
• Series 3: Tackle hot topics in book writing with expert insights and actionable advice from published authors.
• Series 2: Go behind the scenes with successful business authors and uncover the strategies that got them published.
• Series 1: Meet the marketing experts from Book Marketing Made Simple and learn how to leverage your book for business growth.

You can find out more about our events at www.librotas.com/librotasevents including our monthly Coffee and Connect Café networking event and writing retreat in Spain.

Get your copy of Karen's latest book at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.

Connect with Karen

Website: http://www.librotas.com
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/librotas
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas
X (Twitter): https://twitter.com/librotas
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@librotas]]>falseepisodichttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Zana’s journey began in February 2020 when she boldly decided to write her first book—just as the world was on the brink of the pandemic. Instead of playing it safe, Zana leaned into the uncertainty, publishing Bold Reinvented and later Leading on the Edge, each work not only transforming her business but also her own life and worldview.  

In this episode, Karen and Zana dive deep into how writing and publishing can change who we are, why embracing risk is crucial for true impact, and the power of bold storytelling in leadership and authorship. If you’re wondering why so many people with extraordinary potential hold back from making a real impact—or how you can find and amplify your own voice as an author—this conversation is full of wisdom, honest vulnerability, and practical tips to help you step into your own boldness.  

You can listen to our earlier episode (S2, Ep 12) via www.librotas.com/podcast or https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-power-of-personal-and-professional-growth/id1705020493?i=1000655750145.  

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month. 

You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.   We also run an annual writing retreat, and our next retreat in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Embrace Vulnerability: True impact comes when you’re willing to take risks and share your authentic story—even (and especially) when it feels uncomfortable. As Zana says, "There’s no safe way to take bold steps."  

Invest in Support: Don’t go it alone. A mentor can not only structure your story but push you past your doubts, helping you evolve into the author (and leader) you’re meant to be.  

Envision Your Future Self: Imagine how your life and voice will grow post-publication. Let that future pull you forward, guiding the bold moves you make in your writing and your leadership.  

Bio  

Zana Goic Petricevic is a leadership transformation expert, bold leadership coach for C-suite leaders, speaker and best-selling author of Bold Reinvented and Leading on the Edge, helping organisations to embrace change, adopt a bold mindset and take decisive risks to thrive.   

Zana’s mission is to empower leaders to lead on the edge, pushing the boundaries of what’s possible and creating impactful change. With a university degree in languages and a master’s degree in economics, Zana transitioned from a dynamic career in corporate communications and marketing within the oil and gas and pharmaceutical industries to focus on leadership development. She now inspires organisations across the globe with her compelling talks and cutting-edge leadership programmes.   

As the founder of Bold Leadership Culture, a boutique leadership development consultancy based in Croatia and the UK with a global presence across the EU, USA and APAC, Zana is a recognised expert in coaching and leadership development. Her SOUL Framework®, featured in Bold Reinvented, forms the foundation of her company’s global offerings, transforming how leaders engage with courage, consciousness and conviction.   

Zana has coached and trained hundreds of leaders, partnering with global giants in diverse industries, including big tech, banking, pharmaceuticals, the Big Four, engineering and more. Her impressive client list includes PwC, Capgemini, UniCredit Bank, TikTok, Amazon, Sandoz and EU institutions, among others.   

Living in Zagreb, Croatia, with her husband and son, Zana travels the world pursuing her passion – transforming leadership on a global scale.   

Website: www.boldleadership-culture.com   

Book link: https://a.co/d/095auXWc and https://a.co/d/0iW6oXZY   

Socials:  https://www.linkedin.com/in/zanagoicpetricevic   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 Books Open Doors to Connections
04:26 Writing Books and Bold Leadership
08:59 Bold Writing Requires Vulnerability
12:32 Risks of Sharing Ideas
16:15 Prioritizing Reader Engagement in Books
17:57 Work with a Book Mentor
20:44 Embracing Growth and Purpose  

Keywords:    leadership transformation, book writing journey, Bold Reinvented, Leading on the Edge, author vulnerability, business transformation, global leadership, coaching, training business, book publishing, personal growth, identity evolution, thought leadership, organizational change, cultural diversity, storytelling, book mentoring, boldness, risk-taking, self-doubt, authenticity, vision setting, personal brand, sharing personal stories, experimenting, book methodology, professional fulfilment, writing a book  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/70547897Thu, 12 Mar 2026 05:00:04 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, host Karen Williams is joined by the inspiring Zana Goic Petricevic, bestselling author, leadership transformation expert, and global speaker.    Zana’s journey began in February 2020 when she boldly decided to write her first book—just as the...
Zana’s journey began in February 2020 when she boldly decided to write her first book—just as the world was on the brink of the pandemic. Instead of playing it safe, Zana leaned into the uncertainty, publishing Bold Reinvented and later Leading on the Edge, each work not only transforming her business but also her own life and worldview.  

In this episode, Karen and Zana dive deep into how writing and publishing can change who we are, why embracing risk is crucial for true impact, and the power of bold storytelling in leadership and authorship. If you’re wondering why so many people with extraordinary potential hold back from making a real impact—or how you can find and amplify your own voice as an author—this conversation is full of wisdom, honest vulnerability, and practical tips to help you step into your own boldness.  

You can listen to our earlier episode (S2, Ep 12) via www.librotas.com/podcast or https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-power-of-personal-and-professional-growth/id1705020493?i=1000655750145.  

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month. 

You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.   We also run an annual writing retreat, and our next retreat in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Embrace Vulnerability: True impact comes when you’re willing to take risks and share your authentic story—even (and especially) when it feels uncomfortable. As Zana says, "There’s no safe way to take bold steps."  

Invest in Support: Don’t go it alone. A mentor can not only structure your story but push you past your doubts, helping you evolve into the author (and leader) you’re meant to be.  

Envision Your Future Self: Imagine how your life and voice will grow post-publication. Let that future pull you forward, guiding the bold moves you make in your writing and your leadership.  

Bio  

Zana Goic Petricevic is a leadership transformation expert, bold leadership coach for C-suite leaders, speaker and best-selling author of Bold Reinvented and Leading on the Edge, helping organisations to embrace change, adopt a bold mindset and take decisive risks to thrive.   

Zana’s mission is to empower leaders to lead on the edge, pushing the boundaries of what’s possible and creating impactful change. With a university degree in languages and a master’s degree in economics, Zana transitioned from a dynamic career in corporate communications and marketing within the oil and gas and pharmaceutical industries to focus on leadership development. She now inspires organisations across the globe with her compelling talks and cutting-edge leadership programmes.   

As the founder of Bold Leadership Culture, a boutique leadership development...]]>1374false517fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/ Mindful Life Wisdom for Women 50+—a book born out of adversity and a belief that every problem carries a gift.  

Together, they explore practical strategies for writers, including mind mapping, Post-it notes, and the importance of authentic voice. Akasha opens up about her creative process, the impact her books have had, and the ripple effect of helping readers find wisdom in everyday life.   

Whether you’re an aspiring author or simply seeking inspiration, this heartfelt conversation is packed with bite-sized tips and real-world insights designed to help you move forward on your own writing journey.  

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat, and our next retreat in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Mind Mapping & Chunking Are Game-Changers: Akasha Lonsdale shared her process of using mind maps and Post-it notes to organize her thoughts and shape her books. Breaking down big ideas into bite-sized chunks makes writing (and reading!) easier and more enjoyable.  

Write What You Know—Authenticity Matters: Both Karen Williams and Akasha Lonsdale emphasized writing from your own experience, knowledge, and voice. Authenticity resonates with readers and builds credibility.

Capture Inspiration in the Moment: Don’t let great ideas slip away! Akasha Lonsdale recommends recording thoughts—whether it’s a notebook, phone, or voice note—as soon as inspiration strikes, even if you’re in a supermarket or out for a walk.  

Bio  

Akasha is passionate about writing, personal development, spiritual growth, and the inside-out change needed to live a grounded, vibrant, authentic life. Her mentoring blends a background in psychotherapy, emotional intelligence, and interfaith ministry; always with honesty, heart, and a touch of humour.  

Website: https://akashalonsdale.com   

Book link: mybook.to/mindful-life-wisdom   

Socials:    

www.facebook.com/AkashaLonsdalePsychoSpiritualLifeMentor    www.linkedin.com/in/akashalonsdaledeighton 
www.instagram.com/akasha.lonsdale.mentoring 
www.youtube.com/@AkashaLonsdale-Deighton     


Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Book Launch Journey and Impact
05:22 Guide to Religious Etiquette
07:12 Unexpected Falls and Recovery
12:27 A to Z Book Structure
13:46 Mind Maps and Post-it Planning
16:36 Mind Mapping and Writing Tools
22:47 Respect Your Creative Rhythm
24:14 Book Exclusively on Amazon 28:35 Capture Ideas Instantly  

Keywords:    book writing, self-publishing, personal development, spiritual growth, interfaith ministry, author journey, book structure, mind mapping, Post-it notes for writing, writing strategies, authentic writing voice, book promotion, media appearances, radio interviews, book mentoring, writing tips, memoir writing, A to Z book structure, bite-sized writing, social media marketing for authors, writing habits, mindful living, meditative writing, writing routines, writing blocks  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/70379274Thu, 05 Mar 2026 05:00:05 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this episode, host Karen Williams is joined by Akasha Lonsdale. Akasha shares her journey across three books: from a self-published debut sparked by her psychotherapy clients’ requests, to a commissioned guide on religious etiquette, and most... Mindful Life Wisdom for Women 50+—a book born out of adversity and a belief that every problem carries a gift.  

Together, they explore practical strategies for writers, including mind mapping, Post-it notes, and the importance of authentic voice. Akasha opens up about her creative process, the impact her books have had, and the ripple effect of helping readers find wisdom in everyday life.   

Whether you’re an aspiring author or simply seeking inspiration, this heartfelt conversation is packed with bite-sized tips and real-world insights designed to help you move forward on your own writing journey.  

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat, and our next retreat in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Mind Mapping & Chunking Are Game-Changers: Akasha Lonsdale shared her process of using mind maps and Post-it notes to organize her thoughts and shape her books. Breaking down big ideas into bite-sized chunks makes writing (and reading!) easier and more enjoyable.  

Write What You Know—Authenticity Matters: Both Karen Williams and Akasha Lonsdale emphasized writing from your own experience, knowledge, and voice. Authenticity resonates with readers and builds credibility.

Capture Inspiration in the Moment: Don’t let great ideas slip away! Akasha Lonsdale recommends recording thoughts—whether it’s a notebook, phone, or voice note—as soon as inspiration strikes, even if you’re in a supermarket or out for a walk.  

Bio  

Akasha is passionate about writing, personal development, spiritual growth, and the inside-out change needed to live a grounded, vibrant, authentic life. Her mentoring blends a background in psychotherapy, emotional intelligence, and interfaith ministry; always with honesty, heart, and a touch of humour.  

Website: https://akashalonsdale.com   

Book link: mybook.to/mindful-life-wisdom   

Socials:    

www.facebook.com/AkashaLonsdalePsychoSpiritualLifeMentor    www.linkedin.com/in/akashalonsdaledeighton 
www.instagram.com/akasha.lonsdale.mentoring 
www.youtube.com/@AkashaLonsdale-Deighton     


Time...]]>1840false516fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/De-frazzle Your NHS Job. 

In this conversation, Julia Wood opens up about her personal journey—balancing a high-pressure role, caring for family, and ultimately finding a way to support her own well-being.   

She shares how her lived experience, combined with in-depth interviews with NHS staff, formed the backbone of her book. They discuss the importance of niching down, the power of gathering real stories, and how these lessons translate into practical support for anyone working within, or alongside, the NHS.  

Whether you’re curious about writing your own book, struggling with workplace overwhelm, or simply want to hear how honest, actionable advice can make a real difference, this episode is packed with inspiration, practical tips, and a behind-the-scenes look at turning experience into impact.   

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat, and our next retreat in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you with your book via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Real stories create real impact: Interviewing a diverse group of NHS staff added depth, relevance, and broad appeal to my book—don’t underestimate the power of community voices when sharing your message.  

Practical tools beat theory: Readers don’t just want to know ‘what’ to do, but ‘how.’ Short chapters, reflective exercises, and actionable templates make change actually stick.  

Niche down to level up: Focusing specifically on the NHS meant directly addressing specific challenges, leading to genuine engagement, opportunities, and a growing community of “cheerleaders.”  

Bio   Julia Wood is on a mission to help NHS staff feel less frazzled. She’s the author of De-frazzle Your NHS Job and regularly speaks at conferences, as well as delivering workshops and masterclasses on the topic. Julia has over 30 years’ experience working in or for the NHS.   Website: www.de-frazzle.co.uk   

Book link: https://www.amazon.co.uk/frazzle-Your-NHS-Job-minutes/dp/1919423702/   

Socials:     https://www.linkedin.com/in/juliawoodqi https://x.com/JuliaWoodQI https://www.facebook.com/Defrazzle   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 Struggles of Overwork and Caregiving
03:12 NHS Lived Experience Strategies
06:31 Impact and Collaboration Under Pressure
10:44 Broad Questions, Honest Insights
16:17 Reframing Marketing as Serving
18:15 Book Gaining Enthusiastic Support
20:48 Motivation for Writing Books  

Keywords:    NHS staff well-being, stress management, burnout prevention, NHS staff shortages, high pressure work environments, time management, organization skills, work-life balance, quality improvement tools, change management techniques, team dynamics, working with challenging relationships, nhs staff resources, interviews with NHS staff, book testimonials, book beta readers, marketing for books, conference speaking, workshops for NHS staff, book launch strategies, business credibility, niche publishing, resources for NHS professionals  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/70131793Thu, 26 Feb 2026 05:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, Karen Williams sits down with Julia Wood. With over 30 years’ experience working with or for the NHS, Julia is on a mission to help NHS professionals feel less frazzled, and she’s the author of the insightful new book, De-frazzle Your NHS Job. ...De-frazzle Your NHS Job. 

In this conversation, Julia Wood opens up about her personal journey—balancing a high-pressure role, caring for family, and ultimately finding a way to support her own well-being.   

She shares how her lived experience, combined with in-depth interviews with NHS staff, formed the backbone of her book. They discuss the importance of niching down, the power of gathering real stories, and how these lessons translate into practical support for anyone working within, or alongside, the NHS.  

Whether you’re curious about writing your own book, struggling with workplace overwhelm, or simply want to hear how honest, actionable advice can make a real difference, this episode is packed with inspiration, practical tips, and a behind-the-scenes look at turning experience into impact.   

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat, and our next retreat in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you with your book via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Real stories create real impact: Interviewing a diverse group of NHS staff added depth, relevance, and broad appeal to my book—don’t underestimate the power of community voices when sharing your message.  

Practical tools beat theory: Readers don’t just want to know ‘what’ to do, but ‘how.’ Short chapters, reflective exercises, and actionable templates make change actually stick.  

Niche down to level up: Focusing specifically on the NHS meant directly addressing specific challenges, leading to genuine engagement, opportunities, and a growing community of “cheerleaders.”  

Bio   Julia Wood is on a mission to help NHS staff feel less frazzled. She’s the author of De-frazzle Your NHS Job and regularly speaks at conferences, as well as delivering workshops and masterclasses on the topic. Julia has over 30 years’ experience working in or for the NHS.   Website: www.de-frazzle.co.uk   

Book link: https://www.amazon.co.uk/frazzle-Your-NHS-Job-minutes/dp/1919423702/   

Socials:     https://www.linkedin.com/in/juliawoodqi https://x.com/JuliaWoodQI https://www.facebook.com/Defrazzle   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 Struggles of Overwork and Caregiving
03:12 NHS Lived Experience Strategies
06:31 Impact and Collaboration Under Pressure
10:44 Broad Questions, Honest Insights
16:17 Reframing...]]>1269book,nhs,nhs_wellbeing,niche,stress,well-being,work-lifefalse515fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
From managing life’s distractions (like bathroom renovations!) and breaking away from daily triggers, to finding the environments and support systems that truly nurture creativity, this conversation is packed with practical wisdom.   

Karen and Sheryl talk about the transformative power of writing with others, processing emotions that surface through storytelling, and the vital importance of peer support, accountability, and kindness on your author journey.  

Whether you’re squeezing in writing before breakfast or dreaming of a week in sunny Spain, this episode will help you redefine how you think about making space for your book—and inspire you to commit, connect, and create your best work.  

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking event, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month except May when we take a break. You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events and programmes (including our writing retreats and Smart Author Momentum) at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Space isn’t just physical—it’s mental and emotional. It's not just about finding a quiet room or retreat (though those help!), but also about giving your brain permission to transition into writing mode and being mindful of the emotional journey that comes with authorship.  

Peer support is invaluable. Talking your ideas through with others (as in their Author Circle and Smart Author Momentum groups) helps clarify thoughts, unlock memories, and normalize the ups and downs. “Having another human being there...reduces the stress in the system because you feel less alone.”  

Growth happens in the messy middle. Writing a book isn't just a creative project; it’s a personal transformation. You’ll process emotions, revisit tough moments, and become more visible as you commit to your book – and peer support and retreats accelerate this growth.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:    https://www.facebook.com/librotas https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/  https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas  https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews  

Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:  
00:00 Challenges of Transitioning to Writing
04:27 Creating Space for Writing
06:31 Rest, Space, and Fresh Perspectives
11:46 The Power of Peer Support
13:32 Finding Voice Through Shared Space
16:44 Isolation Triggers Brain Survival State
20:41 Creating Focused Writing Spaces
24:12 The Author's Journey of Growth
27:27 The Journey to Writing Again
30:04 Finding Support to Write  

Keywords:    writing a book, writing retreats, author retreats, writing mode, peer support, writing groups, overcoming inner critic, book growth, author identity, clean space, clean language, body doubling, neurodiversity and writing, survival brain, safe space, writing tone of voice, feedback, group book coaching, author circle, publishing a book, safe space to write, writing support, author support, writing retreats Spain, smart author momentum  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/70131789Thu, 19 Feb 2026 05:00:04 +0000Karen WilliamsReady to make real progress on your book? In this episode Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews dive deep into the concept of creating space to write – beyond just physically sitting down at your desk. They share insights from years of running writing...
From managing life’s distractions (like bathroom renovations!) and breaking away from daily triggers, to finding the environments and support systems that truly nurture creativity, this conversation is packed with practical wisdom.   

Karen and Sheryl talk about the transformative power of writing with others, processing emotions that surface through storytelling, and the vital importance of peer support, accountability, and kindness on your author journey.  

Whether you’re squeezing in writing before breakfast or dreaming of a week in sunny Spain, this episode will help you redefine how you think about making space for your book—and inspire you to commit, connect, and create your best work.  

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking event, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month except May when we take a break. You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events and programmes (including our writing retreats and Smart Author Momentum) at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Space isn’t just physical—it’s mental and emotional. It's not just about finding a quiet room or retreat (though those help!), but also about giving your brain permission to transition into writing mode and being mindful of the emotional journey that comes with authorship.  

Peer support is invaluable. Talking your ideas through with others (as in their Author Circle and Smart Author Momentum groups) helps clarify thoughts, unlock memories, and normalize the ups and downs. “Having another human being there...reduces the stress in the system because you feel less alone.”  

Growth happens in the messy middle. Writing a book isn't just a creative project; it’s a personal transformation. You’ll process emotions, revisit tough moments, and become more visible as you commit to your book – and peer support and retreats accelerate this growth.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:    https://www.facebook.com/librotas https://twitter.com/librotas 1687books,retreat,writingfalse514fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/Inclusionable.   

Christine shares her inspiring journey of returning to academia at 63 to pursue doctoral research on inclusive leadership, and how she transformed her rigorous dissertation into a practical, story-driven business book.    From overcoming the challenges of narrative writing to creating a global community around inclusion, Christine’s insights reveal how leaders can spark lasting change and engagement in the workplace.   

In this episode, you'll hear candid stories, key aha moments, and actionable tips for anyone thinking about writing their own business book—or leading with greater inclusion. Inclusionable isn’t just a book, but the beginning of a movement for more connected, effective teams worldwide.  

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month. You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat, and our next retreat in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Stories Create Connection: Real-life leadership stories from Christine’s research bring inclusion to life, making it relatable and actionable for readers. People learn best from peers – not just experts.  

From Dissertation to Narrative: Academic rigor is valuable, but translating it into a practical, engaging book means distilling evidence and embracing storytelling. Christine’s shift from tables and stats to narrative changed everything.

Inclusion Is Not Just DEI: "Inclusionable" focuses on inclusion as a tool for leaders to create better engagement and performance – not as part of a DEI checklist. It’s about practical strategies leaders can use every day.  


Bio  

Christine Barnes, EdD is a global thought leader on organization design, development and systems thinking. Her work of inspiring leaders and teams to solve complex business challenges effectively is at the intersection of her doctoral research on inclusionary practices of leaders, her years of executive coaching, and her passion for continuous improvement.  

Website: www.inclusionable.com   

Book link: www.inclusionable.com   

Socials: www.LinkedIn.com/in/christinebarnes   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 From Dissertation to Impactful Book
05:05 Leadership Insights: Stories Over Data
09:13 Creating Community Through Connection
10:52 Impact of Shared Reflections
14:13 Inclusion as Leadership Strategy
18:29 Collaborative Publishing Process Insights
23:25 Start Small, Keep It Simple
26:17 Write, Edit, Move Forward  

Keywords:    organizational design, systems thinking, executive coaching, inclusive leadership, STEM organizations, inclusionary practices, inclusion biases, academic research, leadership development, narrative writing, qualitative research, quantitative research, evidence-based book, storytelling, business impact, book launch, creating a movement, community building, online connections, hybrid publishing, london book fair, girl Friday productions, manuscript editing, thought leadership, employee engagement, leadership strategy, practicing inclusion, writing a business book  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/69955620Thu, 12 Feb 2026 05:00:05 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, Karen Williams is joined by Christine Barnes, a global thought leader in organizational design and systems thinking, who has just launched her new book, Inclusionable.    Christine shares her inspiring journey of returning to academia at 63 to...Inclusionable.   

Christine shares her inspiring journey of returning to academia at 63 to pursue doctoral research on inclusive leadership, and how she transformed her rigorous dissertation into a practical, story-driven business book.    From overcoming the challenges of narrative writing to creating a global community around inclusion, Christine’s insights reveal how leaders can spark lasting change and engagement in the workplace.   

In this episode, you'll hear candid stories, key aha moments, and actionable tips for anyone thinking about writing their own business book—or leading with greater inclusion. Inclusionable isn’t just a book, but the beginning of a movement for more connected, effective teams worldwide.  

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month. You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat, and our next retreat in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Stories Create Connection: Real-life leadership stories from Christine’s research bring inclusion to life, making it relatable and actionable for readers. People learn best from peers – not just experts.  

From Dissertation to Narrative: Academic rigor is valuable, but translating it into a practical, engaging book means distilling evidence and embracing storytelling. Christine’s shift from tables and stats to narrative changed everything.

Inclusion Is Not Just DEI: "Inclusionable" focuses on inclusion as a tool for leaders to create better engagement and performance – not as part of a DEI checklist. It’s about practical strategies leaders can use every day.  


Bio  

Christine Barnes, EdD is a global thought leader on organization design, development and systems thinking. Her work of inspiring leaders and teams to solve complex business challenges effectively is at the intersection of her doctoral research on inclusionary practices of leaders, her years of executive coaching, and her passion for continuous improvement.  

Website: www.inclusionable.com   

Book link: www.inclusionable.com   

Socials: www.LinkedIn.com/in/christinebarnes   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 From Dissertation to Impactful Book
05:05 Leadership Insights: Stories Over Data
09:13 Creating Community Through Connection
10:52 Impact of Shared Reflections
14:13 Inclusion as Leadership Strategy
18:29 Collaborative Publishing Process Insights
23:25 Start Small, Keep It Simple
26:17 Write, Edit, Move Forward  

Keywords:    organizational design, systems thinking, executive coaching, inclusive leadership, STEM...]]>1547books,diversity,equality,inclusionable,writingfalse513fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Saar shares the story behind his first book, revealing how his journey – filled with collaboration, frustration, and innovation – shaped both its content and its impact. They dive into the evolution of leadership and ecosystem growth, from the challenges of writing and publishing, to the real-world impact his book has had for organisations worldwide.   

The episode explores the exciting frontier where business books meet generative AI, discussing how AI is helping readers bridge the gap between knowing and doing, driving creativity, and enabling more practical application of the book’s practices.  

Whether you’re an aspiring author, an innovation leader, or simply curious about the intersection of business and technology, this episode dives into behind-the-scenes writing insights and a glimpse of the future where books become dynamic tools for change.   

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month. 

You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.   We also run an annual writing retreat, and our next retreat in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents.

Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

From Words to Action: Writing and publishing a business book is just the beginning. The real transformation happens when readers move beyond passive consumption and start actively applying practices in their organizations.  

Amplifying Creativity with AI: Saar shared how generative AI isn’t just a marketing tool – it’s a bridge to new collaborative possibilities, allowing readers to creatively engage with concepts and accelerate scenario planning from weeks to mere hours.  

Collaboration Drives Innovation: The secret sauce? Consistent collaboration – both in crafting the book and developing tools that empower leaders to bring ecosystem thinking into their everyday work.  

Bio  

Saar Ben-Attar is the founder of Ascent Growth Partners, an award-winning firm that focuses on innovation and ecosystem-driven growth, supporting clients in fast-growing economies in the Middle East, Africa and Southeast Asia, with offices in Johannesburg and Singapore. He has been working with Fortune Global 500 as well as mid-sized, high growth organisations for over 20 years, helping them to realise their growth aspirations.   

As a national expert in Business Ecosystems, under the auspices of the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), he has helped to develop a new global guidance standard for Innovation Ecosystem Management (ISO 56012).  

His highly collaborative approach has given rise to partnerships formed with leading organisations that augment Ascent’s work, including business schools and industry think tanks.   

Apart from his role at Ascent Growth Partners, he serves as an Advisory Board member and is an Executive Fellow at the Center for the Future of Organization, at the Peter F. Drucker School of Management. His book, Challengers: How a New Breed of Leaders Collaborates and Wins in a Hyper-Competitive World, has won acclaim and is available on Amazon.com.   

Website: www.ascent-growth.com   

Book link: https://www.amazon.com/Challengers-Breed-Leaders-Collaborates-Competitive/dp/B0CYWG78FQ  

Book a 15 minute call with Saar here  

Socials:  https://www.linkedin.com/in/saarbenattar   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 Journey of Collaborative Creation
06:10 Motivation, Challenges, and Learning
09:39 Insights on Collaboration and AI
11:45 Generative AI for Creative Impact
16:16 Testing Practices for Real Life
22:02 AI's Human Journey and Limits
25:32 Effective AI Use Requires Clarity
29:16 Generative AI Bridges Global Collaboration
32:13 Collaborative AI-Powered Book Innovation
34:34 Creating Value and Visibility  

Keywords:    ecosystem-driven growth, Ascent Growth Partners, book writing journey, leadership, hyper-competitive world, , AI innovation, generative AI, collaborative learning, bestselling author, Amazon books, podcast appearances, collaborative ecosystems, organizational impact, value creation, business practices, digital tools, card deck, AI digital assistant, cultural collaboration, future of AI ethics, book publishing  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/69768219Thu, 05 Feb 2026 05:00:06 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, Karen Williams sits down with Saar Ben-Attar, founder of Ascent Growth Partners and acclaimed author of Challengers – How a New Breed of Leaders Collaborates and Wins in a Hyper Competitive World.  Saar shares the story behind his first book,...
Saar shares the story behind his first book, revealing how his journey – filled with collaboration, frustration, and innovation – shaped both its content and its impact. They dive into the evolution of leadership and ecosystem growth, from the challenges of writing and publishing, to the real-world impact his book has had for organisations worldwide.   

The episode explores the exciting frontier where business books meet generative AI, discussing how AI is helping readers bridge the gap between knowing and doing, driving creativity, and enabling more practical application of the book’s practices.  

Whether you’re an aspiring author, an innovation leader, or simply curious about the intersection of business and technology, this episode dives into behind-the-scenes writing insights and a glimpse of the future where books become dynamic tools for change.   

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month. 

You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.   We also run an annual writing retreat, and our next retreat in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents.

Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

From Words to Action: Writing and publishing a business book is just the beginning. The real transformation happens when readers move beyond passive consumption and start actively applying practices in their organizations.  

Amplifying Creativity with AI: Saar shared how generative AI isn’t just a marketing tool – it’s a bridge to new collaborative possibilities, allowing readers to creatively engage with concepts and accelerate scenario planning from weeks to mere hours.  

Collaboration Drives Innovation: The secret sauce? Consistent collaboration – both in crafting the book and developing tools that empower leaders to bring ecosystem thinking into their everyday work.  

Bio  

Saar Ben-Attar is the founder of Ascent Growth Partners, an award-winning firm that focuses on innovation and ecosystem-driven growth, supporting clients in fast-growing economies in the Middle East, Africa and Southeast Asia, with offices in Johannesburg and Singapore. He has been working with Fortune Global 500 as well as mid-sized, high growth organisations for over 20 years, helping them to realise their growth aspirations.   

As a national expert in Business Ecosystems, under the auspices of the International Organization for Standardization (ISO), he has helped to develop a new global guidance standard for Innovation Ecosystem Management (ISO 56012).  

His highly collaborative approach has given rise to partnerships formed with leading organisations that augment Ascent’s work, including business schools and industry think tanks.   

Apart from his role at Ascent Growth Partners, he serves as an Advisory Board member and is an Executive Fellow at the Center for the Future of Organization, at the Peter F. Drucker School of Management. His book, Challengers: How a New Breed of Leaders Collaborates and...]]>2063false512fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Karen Williams dives into Katie’s journey on both sides of the publishing fence: from supporting nearly 300 books behind the scenes to navigating the vulnerable experience of publishing her own self-editing guides for fiction and nonfiction writers. Together, they explore the emotional rollercoaster of imposter syndrome, the challenge of knowing when to stop editing, and the importance of getting honest feedback from beta readers—as well as engaging professional editors, even if you’re one yourself.  

You’ll gain practical insights into the stages and types of editing, learn why investing in covers and blurbs might be more crucial than you think, and hear candid opinions about the powerful—but sometimes controversial—role of AI in writing and editing. Whether you’re just starting your manuscript, deep in revisions, or strategizing your book launch, Katie’s hard-won advice and actionable takeaways will help you level up your writing and publishing process.  

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month. You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors. 

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Editing is a Multistage Process: Katie stressed that self-editing isn't a one-and-done deal. It often takes as much (or more!) time than writing your draft. Breaking your editing into focused rounds (story, scene/content, then actual writing improvements) is far more effective than trying to tackle everything at once.  

The Value of Outside Support (Even for Editors!): Even as a professional editor, Katie invested in external editing, beta readers, and honest feedback to gain a fresh perspective. She emphasized that authors are always “blind to their own errors,” and an outside eye is essential—even for seasoned editors.  

AI Is a Tool, Not a Replacement: Katie and Karen discussed using AI tools like ChatGPT and Claude for feedback and example generation. The consensus? AI can speed up certain parts of the process and offer new angles, but it’s never a substitute for thoughtful self-editing and professional review. Always make ethical, transparent choices about how and when to use these technologies.  

Bio  

Katie Chambers, a developmental editor, copy editor, and owner of Beacon Point LLC, helps authors shape powerful fiction and nonfiction. With a background in teaching middle and high school English and formal public speaking training, Katie brings clarity, enthusiasm, and a teacher’s heart to every presentation. She loves editing and running her business. Still, teaching is at her core, so give her a mic and a room of writers, and she's right at home. She’s passionate about helping authors strengthen their writing and better understand the editing process.  

Website: https://beaconpointservices.org   

Book link: https://beaconpointservices.org/self-editing-guides   

Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/katie-chambers-62b16bb3   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 Perils of Perpetual Editing
06:15 Investing in Writing & Feedback
08:11 Write Fearlessly, Edit Mercilessly
11:42 Write Fearlessly, Edit Honestly
14:47 Big Picture Editing Overview
20:08 AI: Nuance Over Black and White
21:07 AI-Assisted Editing and Examples
26:52 Editing: AI vs. Human Touch
27:55 Embracing and Learning ChatGPT
34:20 Author Management Tracker Development
35:49 Book Launch Strategy Tips  

Keywords:    editing process, self-editing, copy editing, developmental editing, proofreading, imposter syndrome, beta readers, AI in writing, ChatGPT, Claude AI, professional editor, book publishing, author journey, book writing tips, feedback for authors, book marketing, cover design, book description, author bio, manuscript evaluation, editing levels, fiction writing, nonfiction writing, editing tools, writing drafts, publishing journey, editing costs, marketing strategies, advance review copies, arc readers  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/69579696Thu, 29 Jan 2026 05:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, we’re joined by Katie Chambers, developmental editor, copy editor, and owner of Beacon Point, LLC. Passionate about helping authors shape compelling fiction and nonfiction, Katie brings a unique perspective—not only as an experienced editor,...
Karen Williams dives into Katie’s journey on both sides of the publishing fence: from supporting nearly 300 books behind the scenes to navigating the vulnerable experience of publishing her own self-editing guides for fiction and nonfiction writers. Together, they explore the emotional rollercoaster of imposter syndrome, the challenge of knowing when to stop editing, and the importance of getting honest feedback from beta readers—as well as engaging professional editors, even if you’re one yourself.  

You’ll gain practical insights into the stages and types of editing, learn why investing in covers and blurbs might be more crucial than you think, and hear candid opinions about the powerful—but sometimes controversial—role of AI in writing and editing. Whether you’re just starting your manuscript, deep in revisions, or strategizing your book launch, Katie’s hard-won advice and actionable takeaways will help you level up your writing and publishing process.  

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month. You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors. 

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Editing is a Multistage Process: Katie stressed that self-editing isn't a one-and-done deal. It often takes as much (or more!) time than writing your draft. Breaking your editing into focused rounds (story, scene/content, then actual writing improvements) is far more effective than trying to tackle everything at once.  

The Value of Outside Support (Even for Editors!): Even as a professional editor, Katie invested in external editing, beta readers, and honest feedback to gain a fresh perspective. She emphasized that authors are always “blind to their own errors,” and an outside eye is essential—even for seasoned editors.  

AI Is a Tool, Not a Replacement: Katie and Karen discussed using AI tools like ChatGPT and Claude for feedback and example generation. The consensus? AI can speed up certain parts of the process and offer new angles, but it’s never a substitute for thoughtful self-editing and professional review. Always make ethical, transparent choices about how and when to use these technologies.  

Bio  

Katie Chambers, a developmental editor, copy editor, and owner of Beacon Point LLC, helps authors shape powerful fiction and nonfiction. With a background in teaching middle and high school English and formal public speaking training, Katie brings clarity, enthusiasm, and a teacher’s heart to every presentation. She loves editing and running her business. Still, teaching is at her core, so give her a mic and a room of writers, and she's right at home. She’s passionate about helping authors strengthen their writing and better understand the editing process.  

Website: 511fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/Teen Mum to CEO, published in 2025 – a raw and powerful story of resilience, healing, and transformation.  

Together, Karen Williams and Kimberly Ashwin dive into her journey of overcoming adversity, becoming a mother at sixteen, navigating neurodivergence, and building a nationally recognized organization from her kitchen table. Kimberly Ashwin opens up about the process of writing her memoir as a dyslexic leader, the challenges of building a personal brand, and the unexpected opportunities her book has unlocked – including a new program supporting young women from disadvantaged backgrounds.  

If you’ve ever doubted whether you could share your story or worried about imposter syndrome, this is an inspiring conversation you won’t want to miss. Grab your coffee and get ready for insights on personal growth, authentic storytelling, and creating impact far beyond the page.  

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Your Story Has Power – Even If You Doubt Yourself. As someone who’s dyslexic, Kimberley never imagined writing a book. But starting, jotting down bullet points, and accepting support from others made it possible. If you even help one reader, it’s worth it.  

Embrace Vulnerability and Authenticity. Sharing the hard moments isn’t about dwelling on them, it’s about showing resilience and growth. Balance is key: be honest, but focus on the lessons learned along the way.  

One Bold Step Sparks a Movement. Publishing a book was just the beginning. It’s led to the Team Mum to CEO program and inspired other young women to chase their goals – proof that telling your story can create ripples far beyond yourself.  

Bio  

Kimberley Ashwin is an Autism Consultant Nurse, entrepreneur, and empowerment advocate. She is the founder of Teen Mum to CEO and works as an independent consultant nurse, supporting neurodivergent individuals and empowering young mothers through entrepreneurship. A specialist in PDA-informed autism and ADHD assessment, Kimberley blends clinical expertise with lived experience to reshape service delivery with compassion and rigour.   

Her journey includes being the CEO at Autism Oxford UK for 5 years prior to its closure and expanding her impact through speaking, workshops, and podcasts, positioning her as a thought leader in neurodivergence and women’s leadership. Known for emotionally intelligent messaging and meticulous operational systems, she is committed to building ethical, sustainable frameworks that foster trust and growth.   

At the heart of her work is legacy: creating opportunities for young people, especially teen mums and neurodivergent women to thrive with confidence and strategy. Inspired by her children’s achievements in sport, Kimberley channels that drive into movements that challenge stereotypes and elevate community potential.  

Website: www.kimberleyashwin.co.uk   

Book link: https://www.amazon.co.uk/Teen-Mum-CEO-Neurodivergent-Advocacy/dp/191921190X   

Socials: 

https://www.instagram.com/kimberley.ashwin/   

https://www.linkedin.com/in/kimberley-ashwin-06a77a76/   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 Overcoming Doubts to Write
05:33 Reflection and Structure in Writing
09:08 Managing Your Inner Critic
10:43 Dyslexia's Impact on Verbal Skills
17:40 Entrepreneurial Nurse's Journey
20:20 Balancing Work and Home
22:38 Just Go Write It  

Keywords:    teen mum to CEO, memoir writing, personal branding, neurodivergence, dyslexia, overcoming adversity, leadership, publishing a book, entrepreneurship, podcast interviews, public speaking, disadvantaged backgrounds, rejection sensitivity dysphoria, imposter syndrome, personal growth, support for young women, inspirational stories, breaking stigma, social impact, neurodivergent author, writing and dyslexia  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/69485116Thu, 22 Jan 2026 05:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this episode, Karen Williams (The Book Mentor)  sits down with Kimberly Ashwin, an autism consultant, nurse, entrepreneur, and empowerment advocate. Kimberly Ashwin is the author of the memoir Teen Mum to CEO, published in 2025 – a raw and powerful...Teen Mum to CEO, published in 2025 – a raw and powerful story of resilience, healing, and transformation.  

Together, Karen Williams and Kimberly Ashwin dive into her journey of overcoming adversity, becoming a mother at sixteen, navigating neurodivergence, and building a nationally recognized organization from her kitchen table. Kimberly Ashwin opens up about the process of writing her memoir as a dyslexic leader, the challenges of building a personal brand, and the unexpected opportunities her book has unlocked – including a new program supporting young women from disadvantaged backgrounds.  

If you’ve ever doubted whether you could share your story or worried about imposter syndrome, this is an inspiring conversation you won’t want to miss. Grab your coffee and get ready for insights on personal growth, authentic storytelling, and creating impact far beyond the page.  

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Your Story Has Power – Even If You Doubt Yourself. As someone who’s dyslexic, Kimberley never imagined writing a book. But starting, jotting down bullet points, and accepting support from others made it possible. If you even help one reader, it’s worth it.  

Embrace Vulnerability and Authenticity. Sharing the hard moments isn’t about dwelling on them, it’s about showing resilience and growth. Balance is key: be honest, but focus on the lessons learned along the way.  

One Bold Step Sparks a Movement. Publishing a book was just the beginning. It’s led to the Team Mum to CEO program and inspired other young women to chase their goals – proof that telling your story can create ripples far beyond yourself.  

Bio  

Kimberley Ashwin is an Autism Consultant Nurse, entrepreneur, and empowerment advocate. She is the founder of Teen Mum to CEO and works as an independent consultant nurse, supporting neurodivergent individuals and empowering young mothers through entrepreneurship. A specialist in PDA-informed autism and ADHD assessment, Kimberley blends clinical expertise with lived experience to reshape service delivery with compassion and rigour.   

Her journey includes being the CEO at Autism Oxford UK for 5 years prior to its closure and expanding her impact through speaking, workshops, and podcasts, positioning her as a thought leader in neurodivergence and women’s leadership. Known for emotionally intelligent messaging and meticulous operational systems, she is committed to building ethical, sustainable frameworks that foster trust and growth.   

At the heart of her work is legacy: creating opportunities for young people, especially teen mums and neurodivergent women to thrive with confidence and strategy. Inspired by her children’s achievements in sport, Kimberley channels that drive into movements that...]]>1398dyslexia,dyslexiawriting,neurodiversityfalse510fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Sure, we all want to sell copies, but as Karen and Sheryl discuss, the true value of a book goes far beyond simple sales numbers. We debunk the 15-pound fallacy, discuss why focusing on book sales alone misses the bigger picture, and explore the unique ways a business book can boost your authority, streamline your processes, and open unexpected doors for your business.   

Whether you’re using your book to save time, build credibility, or attract your dream clients, you’ll come away with fresh insights on how the process of writing a book is transformative – both personally and professionally.  

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

Our Smart Author Momentum programme starts on Monday 19 January 2026, and we also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Related episodes  

S5, Ep 8: The Mindset Shift Behind a Bigger, Bolder Book with Claire Brumby (where we talk about Claire’s experience of self-publishing vs getting a publishing deal).  

S5, Ep 6: The Courage to Write a Book That Matters with Deborah Naish (where we talk about how her book shifted her business long before her book was published).  

S2, Ep 9: Cracking Crowdfunding during COVID with Paul Newton (where we talk about Paul’s crowdfunding experience).  

S3, Ep 9: Career Trends and Crowdfunding Success with Della (which also touches on crowdfunding).  

S4, Ep4: 5 Things Every Business Authors Should Know Before Publishing with Karen and Sheryl (where we talk about the pros and cons of the different publishing routes for business authors)  

Key insights  

Book sales are not the whole story: The true return on your investment doesn’t come from sales alone. It’s about the credibility, authority, and opportunities you create by putting your thinking, experiences, and processes into words.  

Clarity is priceless: The process of writing a book forces you to reflect, structure, and articulate what makes your approach unique. That self-awareness helps you communicate your value—and often attracts the clients and work you most want.  

Momentum matters more than perfection: You start seeing returns even while writing your book. Sharing your expertise, getting feedback, and talking about your project opens doors, builds your visibility, and often draws in business before your book is even published.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:    https://www.facebook.com/librotas https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/  https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas  https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews  

Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:  
00:00 Books as Business Tools
04:08 Writing with Purpose and Vision
09:15 Write Books for Ideal Clients
13:14 Making the Invisible Visible
16:47 Balancing Writing and Work
18:09 Just Start Writing
23:39 Overcoming Blocks to Writing
25:00 Funding Creative Projects Through Support
28:35 Purpose-Driven Book Writing Insights  

Keywords:    book sales, return on investment, business book, book marketing, Amazon sales, self-publishing, traditional publishing, author authority, business credibility, business growth, client acquisition, content creation, coaching, workshops, personal branding, vision planning, niche audience, ideal reader, ideal client, content clarity, expertise, transformation, program creation, speaking engagements, confidence building, crowdfunding, merchandise, publishing options, editing process, thought leadership writing, purpose driven books  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/69418766Thu, 15 Jan 2026 05:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today’s episode, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews dive deep into one of the burning questions on every business author’s mind – what does real return on investment (ROI) look like when you write a book?    Sure, we all want to sell copies, but as...
Sure, we all want to sell copies, but as Karen and Sheryl discuss, the true value of a book goes far beyond simple sales numbers. We debunk the 15-pound fallacy, discuss why focusing on book sales alone misses the bigger picture, and explore the unique ways a business book can boost your authority, streamline your processes, and open unexpected doors for your business.   

Whether you’re using your book to save time, build credibility, or attract your dream clients, you’ll come away with fresh insights on how the process of writing a book is transformative – both personally and professionally.  

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

Our Smart Author Momentum programme starts on Monday 19 January 2026, and we also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Related episodes  

S5, Ep 8: The Mindset Shift Behind a Bigger, Bolder Book with Claire Brumby (where we talk about Claire’s experience of self-publishing vs getting a publishing deal).  

S5, Ep 6: The Courage to Write a Book That Matters with Deborah Naish (where we talk about how her book shifted her business long before her book was published).  

S2, Ep 9: Cracking Crowdfunding during COVID with Paul Newton (where we talk about Paul’s crowdfunding experience).  

S3, Ep 9: Career Trends and Crowdfunding Success with Della (which also touches on crowdfunding).  

S4, Ep4: 5 Things Every Business Authors Should Know Before Publishing with Karen and Sheryl (where we talk about the pros and cons of the different publishing routes for business authors)  

Key insights  

Book sales are not the whole story: The true return on your investment doesn’t come from sales alone. It’s about the credibility, authority, and opportunities you create by putting your thinking, experiences, and processes into words.  

Clarity is priceless: The process of writing a book forces you to reflect, structure, and articulate what makes your approach unique. That self-awareness helps you communicate your value—and often attracts the clients and work you most want.  

Momentum matters more than perfection: You start seeing returns even while writing your book. Sharing your expertise, getting feedback, and talking about your project opens doors, builds your visibility, and often draws in business before your book is even published.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process...]]>1636bookroi,thoughtleadership,writingfalse59fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/The Winning Mix, back in 2018 – a guide inspired by her own entrepreneurial experience in the food industry – to mapping out her upcoming title, Forget Normal, I Want Magic, which introduces her progressive leadership framework and is set to be published in April 2026.  

Together, they dive into the differences between self-publishing and securing a publishing deal, the evolution of Claire Brumby's business and message, and the ambitious goal of making her next book a Sunday Times bestseller.   

You'll hear practical advice for aspiring authors, candid reflections on book writing challenges, and unique marketing tactics like 'lumpy mail' and leveraging your network. Plus, Claire Brumby reveals the origins of her signature MAGIC acronym and how it's shaping leaders and organizations for the future.

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

Our Smart Author Momentum programme starts on Monday 19 January 2026, and we also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Find Your Why Before You Start Writing: Claire stressed the importance of sitting with yourself, understanding your motivations, the audience you want to serve, and what you want your book to achieve. Knowing your why gives you the staying power you’ll need for the writing process.  

The Power of Networks & Bold Marketing: When preparing for her second book launch, Claire is going all in on connection—leveraging her network, reaching out directly, and even bringing back old-school lumpy mail marketing! Don’t be afraid to ask for help or experiment to spread your message.  

Frameworks Make Ideas Stick: The MAGIC framework (Mindset, Awakening, Gumption, Intuition, Charisma) isn’t just memorable—it's actionable. Whether you’re leading a team or presenting on stage, frameworks like this make complex ideas tangible and practical, helping both you and your audience grow.  

Bio  

Claire Brumby is a motivational speaker, leadership coach and best-selling author helping leaders and organisations unlock intuitive, emotionally intelligent and future-ready leadership. As a former FMCG founder and Dragons’ Den alumna, Claire brings real-world commercial experience together with deep insight into resilience, mindset and transformation.   

Her new book, Forget Normal – I Want Magic! introduces her pioneering MAGIC framework—Mindset, Awakening, Gumption, Intuition, and Charisma, offering a progressive approach to self-leadership in a world reshaping fast. Claire challenges outdated, overly masculine leadership norms and invites every leader, regardless of gender, to embrace balanced energetics, intuition and personal power.   

Claire works internationally with organisations, boards and executive leaders to develop cultures that are authentic, human-centred and high performing - without burnout. She speaks powerfully on intuitive leadership, emotional intelligence, authenticity in modern leadership, and how to lead with courage in times of uncertainty and change. Her mission is to inspire individuals and organisations to lead with heart, clarity and confidence, and to create impact that feels meaningful, aligned and sustainable.  

Website: www.clairebrumby.com   

Book link: https://tinyurl.com/ForgetNormalIWantMagic   

Socials:  https://www.instagram.com/theclairebrumby  

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 Entrepreneurial Lessons from Food Industry
06:27 Pandemic Pivot: Expanding Business Horizons
10:11 Overcoming Self-Doubt for Success
14:01 Shooting for the Bestseller Goal
17:27 Chasing Sunday Times Bestseller
18:33 Leveraging Networks and Celebrations
21:32 Overcoming Fear for Leadership
25:50 Memorable Impact Through Magic
28:35 Quick Mindset Boost Guide
32:14 Business Culture Fuels Burnout
37:59 Blending Memoir and Advice  

Keywords:    book writing, self-publishing, publishing deal, Sunday Times bestseller, keynote speaking, leadership, coaching, business growth, food mentor, entrepreneurial journey, women leaders, positive disruption, marketing tactics, lumpy mail, personal development, pivoting in business, author journey, goal setting, book proposal, magic framework, Kogan Page, organizational change, storytelling, writing process  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/69322119Thu, 08 Jan 2026 05:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today's episode, Karen Williams (The Book Mentor) sits down with Claire Brumby, motivational speaker, leadership coach, and bestselling author. Claire shares her journey from launching her first book, The Winning Mix, back in 2018 – a guide...The Winning Mix, back in 2018 – a guide inspired by her own entrepreneurial experience in the food industry – to mapping out her upcoming title, Forget Normal, I Want Magic, which introduces her progressive leadership framework and is set to be published in April 2026.  

Together, they dive into the differences between self-publishing and securing a publishing deal, the evolution of Claire Brumby's business and message, and the ambitious goal of making her next book a Sunday Times bestseller.   

You'll hear practical advice for aspiring authors, candid reflections on book writing challenges, and unique marketing tactics like 'lumpy mail' and leveraging your network. Plus, Claire Brumby reveals the origins of her signature MAGIC acronym and how it's shaping leaders and organizations for the future.

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

Our Smart Author Momentum programme starts on Monday 19 January 2026, and we also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Find Your Why Before You Start Writing: Claire stressed the importance of sitting with yourself, understanding your motivations, the audience you want to serve, and what you want your book to achieve. Knowing your why gives you the staying power you’ll need for the writing process.  

The Power of Networks & Bold Marketing: When preparing for her second book launch, Claire is going all in on connection—leveraging her network, reaching out directly, and even bringing back old-school lumpy mail marketing! Don’t be afraid to ask for help or experiment to spread your message.  

Frameworks Make Ideas Stick: The MAGIC framework (Mindset, Awakening, Gumption, Intuition, Charisma) isn’t just memorable—it's actionable. Whether you’re leading a team or presenting on stage, frameworks like this make complex ideas tangible and practical, helping both you and your audience grow.  

Bio  

Claire Brumby is a motivational speaker, leadership coach and best-selling author helping leaders and organisations unlock intuitive, emotionally intelligent and future-ready leadership. As a former FMCG founder and Dragons’ Den alumna, Claire brings real-world commercial experience together with deep insight into resilience, mindset and transformation.   

Her new book, Forget Normal – I Want Magic! introduces her pioneering MAGIC framework—Mindset, Awakening, Gumption, Intuition, and Charisma, offering a progressive approach to self-leadership in a world reshaping fast. Claire challenges outdated, overly masculine leadership norms and invites every leader, regardless of gender, to embrace balanced energetics, intuition and personal power.   

Claire works internationally with organisations, boards and executive leaders to develop cultures that are authentic, human-centred and high performing - without burnout. She speaks...]]>1994kogan,koganpage,magicbookfalse58fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
In this conversation, Susan shares the story of how blogging about her own struggles and triumphs led to writing her influential books and building a business centered on helping others embrace their unique strengths. You’ll hear insights about her signature “Rise” framework for gaining visibility, why she wrote a workbook to accompany her main book, and practical tips for anyone struggling with self-promotion – especially those who identify as introverts.   

If you’ve ever wondered how to authentically share your achievements without feeling like you’re bragging, or what it takes to go from corporate life to author and entrepreneur, this episode is full of honest advice and inspiration.   

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways

• Visibility Is a Skill, Not Just a Trait: Susan shared how her own struggles with imposter syndrome and being “too quiet” inspired her to develop authentic strategies for visibility that work—even for introverts and reluctant self-promoters.

• Your Story Resonates More Than You Think: By openly sharing her personal and professional stories through blogs, books, and her podcast, Susan found her vulnerability created connection—and clients saw themselves in her journey.
• Books (and Workbooks!) Create Ecosystems: Publishing her story unlocked new opportunities—including speaking gigs, workshops, and international connections. Her recent workbook goes beyond inspiration, providing practical prompts and resources to help readers implement real change.

Bio

Susan M. Barber is a leading visibility coach who helps quiet, high-achieving corporate leaders step into the spotlight and become visible, valued, and influential. With over twenty-five years of leadership experience at Kraft Heinz, Susan understands the challenges of corporate life. She’s the author of Your Journey to Visibility Workbook, The Visibility Factor and the host of The Visibility Factor podcast. Through her coaching and work, Susan empowers professionals to embrace their unique strengths, grow their influence, and take their careers to the next level.  

Website: https://susanmbarber.com   

Book link: The Visibility Factor and Your Journey to Visibility Workbook  

Socials:  https://www.linkedin.com/in/susanbarbercoaching   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 From Imposter Syndrome to Business
05:45 Prioritizing My Role as Author
09:06 Overcoming Imposter Syndrome and Visibility
12:44 Career Clarity for Decision Making
16:27 Share Impact, Not Ego
18:54 Inspiring Others to Try Boldly
20:29 Embracing a Voice to Help
24:47 Guidance Unlocks Limitless Potential  

Keywords:   

visibility coach, imposter syndrome, authentic leadership, personal branding, career success, blog writing, storytelling, book writing, workbook creation, influence growth, author mindset, podcast hosting, visibility challenges, pandemic career impact, career transition, career clarity framework, introverts in business, book publishing, developmental editing, business ecosystem, public speaking, business networking, marketing books  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/69022826Thu, 18 Dec 2025 05:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, Karen Williams, The Book Mentor, sits down with Susan M. Barber, a leading visibility coach and former Kraft Heinz executive. With over 25 years of corporate leadership experience under her belt, Susan has turned her journey – from battling...
In this conversation, Susan shares the story of how blogging about her own struggles and triumphs led to writing her influential books and building a business centered on helping others embrace their unique strengths. You’ll hear insights about her signature “Rise” framework for gaining visibility, why she wrote a workbook to accompany her main book, and practical tips for anyone struggling with self-promotion – especially those who identify as introverts.   

If you’ve ever wondered how to authentically share your achievements without feeling like you’re bragging, or what it takes to go from corporate life to author and entrepreneur, this episode is full of honest advice and inspiration.   

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways

• Visibility Is a Skill, Not Just a Trait: Susan shared how her own struggles with imposter syndrome and being “too quiet” inspired her to develop authentic strategies for visibility that work—even for introverts and reluctant self-promoters.

• Your Story Resonates More Than You Think: By openly sharing her personal and professional stories through blogs, books, and her podcast, Susan found her vulnerability created connection—and clients saw themselves in her journey.
• Books (and Workbooks!) Create Ecosystems: Publishing her story unlocked new opportunities—including speaking gigs, workshops, and international connections. Her recent workbook goes beyond inspiration, providing practical prompts and resources to help readers implement real change.

Bio

Susan M. Barber is a leading visibility coach who helps quiet, high-achieving corporate leaders step into the spotlight and become visible, valued, and influential. With over twenty-five years of leadership experience at Kraft Heinz, Susan understands the challenges of corporate life. She’s the author of Your Journey to Visibility Workbook, The Visibility Factor and the host of The Visibility Factor podcast. Through her coaching and work, Susan empowers professionals to embrace their unique strengths, grow their influence, and take their careers to the next level.  

Website: https://susanmbarber.com   

Book link: The Visibility Factor and Your Journey to Visibility Workbook  

Socials:  57fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
With over 40 years of experience in both corporate and nonprofit leadership, Deborah brings a wealth of wisdom on how leaders can create positive change with intention and clarity.   In this conversation, Deborah shares her journey from adamantly believing she’d never write a book to becoming a published author—thanks to some inspiration from other writers and a few pivotal mindset shifts.   

She opens up about imposter syndrome, the importance of curiosity and acceptance, and how writing her book not only helped her formalize her own leadership models but also gave her powerful new tools to help clients and elevate her business.  

If you’re an aspiring author, a coach, or simply someone seeking inspiration from a seasoned leader who’s walked the talk, this episode is packed with practical tips, authentic reflections, and plenty of encouragement to help you level up your own journey.   

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways

• Embrace the Beginner Mindset: Stepping into something new—even if it’s messy or uncomfortable—is where meaningful growth happens.
• Structure Creates Freedom: Turning instinctive ways of working into a framework not only clarifies your process, but also creates ongoing resources for both you and your clients.
• Curiosity and Acceptance are Superpowers: Staying curious and learning to accept what is helps us transform roadblocks into possibilities, whether in writing or business.

Bio  

Deborah Naish is an award-winning executive coach and author of Level Up Your Leadership. With 40+ years of experience in corporate and nonprofit leadership, she helps leaders grow their impact with clarity and intention. Based in Santa Barbara, she finds inspiration by the ocean and sees leadership as a force for positive change. 2025 winner of two Goody Business Book Awards: Leadership: Mentor/Coaching and Leadership: Motivation.  

Website:    www.deborahnaish.com   

Book link:    Level Up Your Leadership: Becoming More Conscious, Courageous & Resilient https://www.amazon.com/Level-Your-Leadership-Conscious-Courageous/dp/B0FKMM6KVD   

Socials:     https://www.linkedin.com/in/deborahnaish   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 Writing a Book: The Start
03:54 Creating Connection Through Writing
07:14 Level Up Loop Framework
11:04 Overcoming Doubt to Achieve Success
16:25 Exploring What's Next
19:15 Acceptance and Moving Forward
21:06 Unlocking Personal Agency
25:45 Flexible Approach to Writing Tasks
29:56 Leadership Lessons for Everyone
30:52 Deborah on Podcast  

Keywords:    leadership, executive coaching, book writing journey, author mindset, imposter syndrome, business book, leadership development, self-publishing, book marketing, book launch, building a coaching business, personal growth, writing process, book structure and frameworks, publishing awards, business awards, social impact, women in business, book as a business card, LinkedIn marketing, developmental editing, overcoming self-doubt  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/68932074Thu, 11 Dec 2025 05:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, host and book mentor Karen Williams sits down with Deborah Naish, an award-winning executive coach and author of Level Up Your Leadership.    With over 40 years of experience in both corporate and nonprofit leadership, Deborah brings a wealth...
With over 40 years of experience in both corporate and nonprofit leadership, Deborah brings a wealth of wisdom on how leaders can create positive change with intention and clarity.   In this conversation, Deborah shares her journey from adamantly believing she’d never write a book to becoming a published author—thanks to some inspiration from other writers and a few pivotal mindset shifts.   

She opens up about imposter syndrome, the importance of curiosity and acceptance, and how writing her book not only helped her formalize her own leadership models but also gave her powerful new tools to help clients and elevate her business.  

If you’re an aspiring author, a coach, or simply someone seeking inspiration from a seasoned leader who’s walked the talk, this episode is packed with practical tips, authentic reflections, and plenty of encouragement to help you level up your own journey.   

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways

• Embrace the Beginner Mindset: Stepping into something new—even if it’s messy or uncomfortable—is where meaningful growth happens.
• Structure Creates Freedom: Turning instinctive ways of working into a framework not only clarifies your process, but also creates ongoing resources for both you and your clients.
• Curiosity and Acceptance are Superpowers: Staying curious and learning to accept what is helps us transform roadblocks into possibilities, whether in writing or business.

Bio  

Deborah Naish is an award-winning executive coach and author of Level Up Your Leadership. With 40+ years of experience in corporate and nonprofit leadership, she helps leaders grow their impact with clarity and intention. Based in Santa Barbara, she finds inspiration by the ocean and sees leadership as a force for positive change. 2025 winner of two Goody Business Book Awards: Leadership: Mentor/Coaching and Leadership: Motivation.  

Website:    www.deborahnaish.com   

Book link:    Level Up Your Leadership: Becoming More Conscious, Courageous & Resilient https://www.amazon.com/Level-Your-Leadership-Conscious-Courageous/dp/B0FKMM6KVD   

Socials:     https://www.linkedin.com/in/deborahnaish   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 Writing a Book: The Start
03:54 Creating Connection Through Writing
07:14 Level Up Loop Framework
11:04 Overcoming Doubt to Achieve Success
16:25 Exploring What's Next
19:15 Acceptance and Moving Forward
21:06 Unlocking Personal...]]>1711false56fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Sheryl shares the inside story behind her first book, Manage Your Critic, revealing how personal challenges, especially around communication and self-doubt, fuelled her writing and shaped her process.  

We’ll dive deep into her experience of making the invisible visible—transforming patterns, behaviours, and inner wisdom into practical strategies that empower others to overcome overwhelm and get clarity. Sheryl unpacks how writing her book wasn’t just a professional milestone but a transformative personal journey, recovering lost confidence and rebuilding relationships.  

You’ll also hear about her expertise in clean language coaching, the emotional ups and downs of book writing, and the powerful impact that self-awareness and managing criticism has on authors and business owners alike.   

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

Sheryl and Karen also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Make the Invisible Visible: Writing crystallizes those invaluable but hard-to-articulate insights you use daily into tangible strategies you can share—and use to help yourself.  

Embrace Your Unique Process: There’s no “one right way” to write a book. Discovering and trusting your personal rhythm, learning style, and environment is the secret to lasting creativity and clarity.  

Turn Self-Criticism into Curiosity: Silence the inner critic with curiosity instead of judgement. Notice when you’re stuck, explore the why, and give yourself permission to get support when you need it.  

Bio  

Sheryl Andrews – aka ‘The Listening Detective’ draws on 30 plus years motivating, managing and mentoring others at work whilst also negotiating the challenges of bringing together a blended family of 5 children. Sheryl is both funny, raw and honest when sharing her own inside stories and making the impossible feel possible through practical step by step strategies.  

Website https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Book link: Manage Your Critic – https://stepbysteplistening.com/manage-your-critic-the-book and https://www.amazon.co.uk/Manage-Your-Critic-Overwhelm-Clarity/dp/0995755604   

Socials:     https://www.linkedin.com/in/sherylandrews  https://www.facebook.com/stepbysteplistening   

Time stamped overview:  
00:00 Why I Wrote My Book
06:33 Overwhelmed by Independence
08:25 Self-Regulation Through Authenticity
12:20 Honoring Inner Wisdom Through Reflection
16:03 Book Delay and Pandemic Recovery
17:20 Calm Unlocks Creative Flow
21:59 Getting Comfortable with Uncomfortable
24:00 Knowing and Advocating Needs
29:40 Overcoming Brain Barriers to Risk
32:00 Writing, Learning, and Memory Connection
34:47 Finding Purpose Through Struggles
37:52 Trust Yourself to Write  

Keywords:    book writing journey, book writing process, managing criticism, clean language coaching, self-help books, author journey, writing retreats, regulating nervous system, overwhelm, clarity, storytelling, business growth, neurodivergence, resilience, delegation, work-life balance, writing sprints, book writing feedback, trusting your process, mindset shifts, overcoming self-doubt, transformational change, emotional regulation, writing strategies, writer's block, writing a book, manage your critic, the listening detective, writing retreats spain  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/68822655Thu, 04 Dec 2025 05:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today’s episode, host Karen Williams is joined by Sheryl Andrews. Known as the Listening Detective, Sheryl has spent over 30 years motivating, managing, and mentoring others at work, and she brings a wealth of raw, honest, and often funny insights...
Sheryl shares the inside story behind her first book, Manage Your Critic, revealing how personal challenges, especially around communication and self-doubt, fuelled her writing and shaped her process.  

We’ll dive deep into her experience of making the invisible visible—transforming patterns, behaviours, and inner wisdom into practical strategies that empower others to overcome overwhelm and get clarity. Sheryl unpacks how writing her book wasn’t just a professional milestone but a transformative personal journey, recovering lost confidence and rebuilding relationships.  

You’ll also hear about her expertise in clean language coaching, the emotional ups and downs of book writing, and the powerful impact that self-awareness and managing criticism has on authors and business owners alike.   

 ** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

Sheryl and Karen also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

Make the Invisible Visible: Writing crystallizes those invaluable but hard-to-articulate insights you use daily into tangible strategies you can share—and use to help yourself.  

Embrace Your Unique Process: There’s no “one right way” to write a book. Discovering and trusting your personal rhythm, learning style, and environment is the secret to lasting creativity and clarity.  

Turn Self-Criticism into Curiosity: Silence the inner critic with curiosity instead of judgement. Notice when you’re stuck, explore the why, and give yourself permission to get support when you need it.  

Bio  

Sheryl Andrews – aka ‘The Listening Detective’ draws on 30 plus years motivating, managing and mentoring others at work whilst also negotiating the challenges of bringing together a blended family of 5 children. Sheryl is both funny, raw and honest when sharing her own inside stories and making the impossible feel possible through practical step by step strategies.  

Website https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Book link: Manage Your Critic – https://stepbysteplistening.com/manage-your-critic-the-book and https://www.amazon.co.uk/Manage-Your-Critic-Overwhelm-Clarity/dp/0995755604   

Socials:     https://www.linkedin.com/in/sherylandrews  2214false55fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Matty shares her journey from aspiring fiction writer influenced by her father, to building a dual career in fiction and nonfiction, and establishing herself as “The Indy Author.”   

We dive into how authors can turn their books into speaking opportunities that grow their businesses, exploring the evolving landscape of author speaking gigs, the importance of building meaningful connections and community, and key strategies for landing and delivering high-impact presentations.   

Plus, you’ll get practical advice on organizing your ideas for your next book and navigating the changing world of event pitches in the age of AI. Whether you’re a nonfiction or fiction author, this episode is filled with insights to help you write, speak, and connect with your audience in powerful new ways.  

** Upcoming Events **

  If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

• Be a Community Member First – Matty emphasizes the importance of engaging in the communities and events related to your topic before you pitch yourself as a speaker. Understand the audience, listen to other speakers, and build authentic connections—these are the seeds of future speaking gigs.  
• Intentional Goal Setting – Not all speaking opportunities align with your goals. Is your aim to travel, earn revenue, or grow your network? Define your priorities and let them guide your decisions, whether it’s accepting virtual events, requesting fees, or selecting topics.  
• Serve Your Audience and Organizers – The presentation doesn’t end when you step off the podium. Stay available for conversations, answer questions, and make organizers look good. The relationships you nurture can lead to more opportunities and truly expand your impact.  

Bio  

Matty Dalrymple is the author of the Lizzy Ballard Thrillers and the Ann Kinnear Suspense Novels and Suspense Shorts. She is a member of International Thriller Writers and Sisters in Crime. Matty also podcasts, writes, speaks, and consults on the writing craft and the publishing voyage as The Indy Author and serves as the Campaigns Manager for the Alliance of Independent Authors.  

Website: https://www.mattydalrymple.com and https://www.theindyauthor.com   

Book link:    From Page to Platform: How to Succeed as an Author Speaker https://www.theindyauthor.com/from-page-to-platform   

Socials:    
https://www.facebook.com/matty.dalrymple

 https://www.linkedin.com/in/matty-dalrymple  

https://www.youtube.com/@TheIndyAuthorPodcast 

https://www.facebook.com/TheIndyAuthor

 https://www.instagram.com/theindyauthor  


Time stamped overview:  

04:57 Origins of the Indy Author Podcast
06:43 Be a Consumer First
12:32 Speaking Career Goals: Virtual vs. Travel
16:32 Prioritizing Goals Beyond Money
19:24 Engage and Connect With Audience
23:08 Maximize Engagement After Pitching
27:01 Nonfiction Writing and Speaking
28:31 Writing's Evolving Creative Process
31:17 Indy Author Connection & Book

Keywords:    The indy author, indie author, book publishing, fiction writing, nonfiction writing, Lizzie Ballard thrillers, Ann Kinnear suspense novels, author consulting, speaking engagements, International Thriller Writers, Sisters in Crime, Alliance of Independent Authors, ALLi, writing craft, publishing journey, author branding, indie publishing, author podcast, book marketing, author community, speaking gigs, event pitching, author speaker career, speaker fees, book promotion, co-authoring nonfiction, presentation tips  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/68696767Thu, 27 Nov 2025 05:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today’s episode, host Karen Williams is joined by Matty Dalrymple – author of the Lizzie Ballard thrillers and the Anne Kinnear suspense series, indie publishing consultant, and campaigns manager for the Alliance of Independent Authors (ALLi).   ...
Matty shares her journey from aspiring fiction writer influenced by her father, to building a dual career in fiction and nonfiction, and establishing herself as “The Indy Author.”   

We dive into how authors can turn their books into speaking opportunities that grow their businesses, exploring the evolving landscape of author speaking gigs, the importance of building meaningful connections and community, and key strategies for landing and delivering high-impact presentations.   

Plus, you’ll get practical advice on organizing your ideas for your next book and navigating the changing world of event pitches in the age of AI. Whether you’re a nonfiction or fiction author, this episode is filled with insights to help you write, speak, and connect with your audience in powerful new ways.  

** Upcoming Events **

  If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways  

• Be a Community Member First – Matty emphasizes the importance of engaging in the communities and events related to your topic before you pitch yourself as a speaker. Understand the audience, listen to other speakers, and build authentic connections—these are the seeds of future speaking gigs.  
• Intentional Goal Setting – Not all speaking opportunities align with your goals. Is your aim to travel, earn revenue, or grow your network? Define your priorities and let them guide your decisions, whether it’s accepting virtual events, requesting fees, or selecting topics.  
• Serve Your Audience and Organizers – The presentation doesn’t end when you step off the podium. Stay available for conversations, answer questions, and make organizers look good. The relationships you nurture can lead to more opportunities and truly expand your impact.  

Bio  

Matty Dalrymple is the author of the Lizzy Ballard Thrillers and the Ann Kinnear Suspense Novels and Suspense Shorts. She is a member of International Thriller Writers and Sisters in Crime. Matty also podcasts, writes, speaks, and consults on the writing craft and the publishing voyage as The Indy Author and serves as the Campaigns Manager for the Alliance of Independent Authors.  

Website: https://www.mattydalrymple.com and https://www.theindyauthor.com   

Book link:    From Page to Platform: How to Succeed as an Author Speaker https://www.theindyauthor.com/from-page-to-platform   

Socials:    
54fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/The Value of Payroll, a book that challenges business owners to rethink this often-overlooked aspect of their company. 

In our conversation, Hayley opens up about her journey from idea to publication, the hurdles she overcame while writing amidst a busy life, and how putting her expertise on paper boosted her confidence and transformed her business. 

She also gives us a sneak peek into her second book – this time aimed at young people starting their careers – and reflects on how becoming an author has opened doors she hadn’t expected. 

** Upcoming Events **

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month. 

You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors. We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you with your book via www.librotas.com.

Key Takeaways  

•  Payroll is an Investment, Not a Cost: Hayley reframes payroll as a fundamental investment in both your people and your brand. When done right, payroll can boost employee engagement and even become part of your marketing strategy.  
• Writing a Book Builds Confidence & Opens Doors: Hayley’s experience shows how writing about your expertise doesn’t just help others; it boosts your confidence and establishes you as a go-to expert in your industry. She’s seen new opportunities, collaborations, and an expanded network – all stemming from her book.  

•  Plan, Prioritise, and Protect Your Writing Time: For aspiring authors, Hayley’s advice is gold – treat writing like any other business priority. Block off focused time, stick to your plan, and remember: the more you prepare, the easier it is to write.  

Bio:

With 22+ years in payroll, Hayley Paterson launched her own practice 7.5 years ago. In 2025, she rebranded: outsourcing via Chanonry Payroll and Consulting, including her book, through The Payroll Guide. Her experience spans payrolls from single directors to workforces of 8,000+. 

The Value of Payroll isn’t a manual about processing payslips, it’s a bold call for business owners to rethink one of the most misunderstood parts of running a business. It will shift your mindset, inspire action, and show you how to harness payroll’s hidden potential. This isn’t about ticking boxes, it’s about building a business that works for everyone it touches, including you.  

Website: www.thepayrollguide.co.uk   

Book link: https://www.amazon.co.uk/Value-Payroll-Turning-biggest-asset/dp/1068447605

Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/company/the-payroll-guide/    

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Payroll's Strategic Business Impact
03:30 Payroll's Impact on Employee Value
09:32 Discovering Payroll Expertise
12:37 LinkedIn Connection Sparks Book Collaboration
15:32 Understanding Payroll for Young Workers
17:24 Strategic Planning for Uncertain Futures
21:25 Writing Confidence and Process Evolution  

 Keywords:    payroll consulting, book writing, value of payroll, employee engagement, payroll process, staff retention, payroll mistakes, payroll reputation, book marketing strategy, payroll investment, business growth, payroll cost management, writing routine, book publishing, LinkedIn networking, author branding, business assets, payroll outsourcing, employer guidance, young employees, financial education, tax and national insurance, career strategy, consulting services, payroll guide  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/68589121Thu, 20 Nov 2025 05:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, Karen Williams is joined by Hayley Paterson, a powerhouse in the payroll industry with over 22 years of experience. Hayley is the founder of Chanonry Payroll and Consulting and the author of The Value of Payroll, a book that challenges business...The Value of Payroll, a book that challenges business owners to rethink this often-overlooked aspect of their company. 

In our conversation, Hayley opens up about her journey from idea to publication, the hurdles she overcame while writing amidst a busy life, and how putting her expertise on paper boosted her confidence and transformed her business. 

She also gives us a sneak peek into her second book – this time aimed at young people starting their careers – and reflects on how becoming an author has opened doors she hadn’t expected. 

** Upcoming Events **

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month. 

You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors. We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you with your book via www.librotas.com.

Key Takeaways  

•  Payroll is an Investment, Not a Cost: Hayley reframes payroll as a fundamental investment in both your people and your brand. When done right, payroll can boost employee engagement and even become part of your marketing strategy.  
• Writing a Book Builds Confidence & Opens Doors: Hayley’s experience shows how writing about your expertise doesn’t just help others; it boosts your confidence and establishes you as a go-to expert in your industry. She’s seen new opportunities, collaborations, and an expanded network – all stemming from her book.  

•  Plan, Prioritise, and Protect Your Writing Time: For aspiring authors, Hayley’s advice is gold – treat writing like any other business priority. Block off focused time, stick to your plan, and remember: the more you prepare, the easier it is to write.  

Bio:

With 22+ years in payroll, Hayley Paterson launched her own practice 7.5 years ago. In 2025, she rebranded: outsourcing via Chanonry Payroll and Consulting, including her book, through The Payroll Guide. Her experience spans payrolls from single directors to workforces of 8,000+. 

The Value of Payroll isn’t a manual about processing payslips, it’s a bold call for business owners to rethink one of the most misunderstood parts of running a business. It will shift your mindset, inspire action, and show you how to harness payroll’s hidden potential. This isn’t about ticking boxes, it’s about building a business that works for everyone it touches, including you.  

Website: www.thepayrollguide.co.uk   

Book link: https://www.amazon.co.uk/Value-Payroll-Turning-biggest-asset/dp/1068447605

Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/company/the-payroll-guide/    

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Payroll's Strategic Business Impact1327false53fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/Take Charge: The BOSS method© for entrepreneurs who never planned to be leaders.  

With over twenty years of experience and a passion for building workplaces where people actually want to stay and grow, Claudia shares insights into her personal journey of writing her first book, how it started as a way to process her own experiences with difficult bosses, and ultimately evolved into a practical guide for business owners who may not have planned to become leaders.  

Tune in to hear Claudia open up about the therapeutic power of writing, the process and daily discipline that got her from blank page to published author in just five months, and how writing a book became the foundation for her signature BOSS Method and the business she runs today.   

If you've ever wondered what it really takes to write a business book, or how authors use their stories to build authority and impact, you’ll want to stick around for Claudia’s honest advice, motivating stories, and practical tips for new writers and entrepreneurs alike!  

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways

1.     Your story matters more than you think. Even if your book isn’t “about you”, weaving your experiences in builds credibility, relatability, and makes your message resonate. (It also might help you heal some old wounds!)

2.                 Structure and discipline beat inspiration. I broke the writing down to just 550 words/day – sometimes forcing it, sometimes deleting half – but that simple habit stacked up to a finished book (in just five months!).

3.                 A book can be the foundation for your business. Developing my signature BOSS Method framework through writing is now the bedrock of my work with clients. Clarity for me, and clarity for everyone I serve!  

Bio  

Claudia D. Thompson is a leadership consultant and team strategist who helps business owners build workplaces where people want to stay and grow. With a business degree and two decades of experience across industries –from fashion to software – she’s seen first-hand the struggles of disengaged teams and overwhelmed leaders. Now she helps business owners take charge, simplify leadership and build better workplaces – without the fluff, burnout or corporate jargon.  

Website: www.thebusinessfabrik.com   

Book link: https://shop.ingramspark.com/b/084?params=F2fiebZFF1er0Iy6dPcuVVPRSc4wPWIQLKQIPGBfhLG   

Socials:  www.linkedin.com/in/claudiadthompson  www.instagram.com/claudiadthompson   

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Choosing the Right Boss
04:09 Learning to Lead Through Writing
07:39 Morning Creativity Routine
12:23 Blog vs. Book: Depth Matters
15:06 Deciding Personal Story Inclusion
17:43 Creative Project Reflections
19:56 Targeted Book Writing Insights
26:30 Book as Business Catalyst
27:42 Just Do It: Embrace the Process  

 Keywords:    leadership consultant, team strategist, workplace culture, employee engagement, business book writing, leadership development, team management, book writing journey, author journey, book publishing, business growth, workplace retention, burnout prevention, corporate jargon, boss method, business mentorship, signature framework, productivity tips, book launch, writing discipline, book marketing, LinkedIn networking, book cover design, business clarity, target audience, personal branding, business storytelling  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/68421160Thu, 13 Nov 2025 05:00:09 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today’s episode, host Karen Williams sits down with Claudia D. Thompson, a leadership consultant, team strategist, and author of Take Charge: The BOSS method© for entrepreneurs who never planned to be leaders.   With over twenty years of...Take Charge: The BOSS method© for entrepreneurs who never planned to be leaders.  

With over twenty years of experience and a passion for building workplaces where people actually want to stay and grow, Claudia shares insights into her personal journey of writing her first book, how it started as a way to process her own experiences with difficult bosses, and ultimately evolved into a practical guide for business owners who may not have planned to become leaders.  

Tune in to hear Claudia open up about the therapeutic power of writing, the process and daily discipline that got her from blank page to published author in just five months, and how writing a book became the foundation for her signature BOSS Method and the business she runs today.   

If you've ever wondered what it really takes to write a business book, or how authors use their stories to build authority and impact, you’ll want to stick around for Claudia’s honest advice, motivating stories, and practical tips for new writers and entrepreneurs alike!  

** Upcoming Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.  

We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.   

Key Takeaways

1.     Your story matters more than you think. Even if your book isn’t “about you”, weaving your experiences in builds credibility, relatability, and makes your message resonate. (It also might help you heal some old wounds!)

2.                 Structure and discipline beat inspiration. I broke the writing down to just 550 words/day – sometimes forcing it, sometimes deleting half – but that simple habit stacked up to a finished book (in just five months!).

3.                 A book can be the foundation for your business. Developing my signature BOSS Method framework through writing is now the bedrock of my work with clients. Clarity for me, and clarity for everyone I serve!  

Bio  

Claudia D. Thompson is a leadership consultant and team strategist who helps business owners build workplaces where people want to stay and grow. With a business degree and two decades of experience across industries –from fashion to software – she’s seen first-hand the struggles of disengaged teams and overwhelmed leaders. Now she helps business owners take charge, simplify leadership and build better workplaces – without the fluff, burnout or corporate jargon.  

Website: www.thebusinessfabrik.com   

Book link: https://shop.ingramspark.com/b/084?params=F2fiebZFF1er0Iy6dPcuVVPRSc4wPWIQLKQIPGBfhLG   

Socials:  www.linkedin.com/in/claudiadthompson  1692false52fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/Hosts: Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews

Welcome to a brand new series of the podcast! In this episode, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews kick off Series 5 with an inspiring conversation that shifts the lens from the nuts and bolts of writing, publishing, and marketing a book to something even more powerful – the impact a business book can make. 

 Drawing from her own journey as an author, Karen shares how her upcoming book encapsulates why a book should be more than just a collection of words. It should be life-changing for its author, readers, and business.

Joined by fellow author and friend Sheryl Andrews, the two dive deep into the hidden transformations that come with writing a book: from finding courage and clarity, to stepping into your authority, to setting new boundaries and discovering unexpected opportunities.

Whether you’re curious about how the writing process can shape your personal growth, or you want practical insight into what happens after publication, this conversation is packed with stories from Karen’s 10 (yes, 10!) books and reflections on the “invisible stuff” that happens along the way.

If you’re thinking about writing a book – or wondering what’s possible when you do – this episode is the perfect motivator.

** Upcoming Events **  

 If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  

You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.   We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.  

Key insights  

The Impact Goes Deeper Than You Think: Writing a book doesn’t just build your credibility or bring in more clients. It shifts your own self-perception, boosts courage, and often leads to unexpected growth – both personally and professionally.  

Stepping Into New Identity is Powerful (and Scary!): Embracing your status as an “author” can feel bold and daunting, but the process of writing helps clarify your voice, refine your expertise, and set stronger boundaries. Sometimes the biggest leap is simply saying, “I am a writer.”  

Opportunities Emerge When You Start Sharing: Just telling people about your book-in-progress changes how others see you – and opens doors you never saw coming. Networking, speaking opportunities, collaborations… much of this starts before the book even launches!  

Bio – Karen Williams   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.    With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com  

Socials:    https://www.facebook.com/librotas https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas https://www.youtube.com/@librotas  

Bio – Sheryl Andrews   Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com  


Time-stamped overview:  
00:00 Writing Enhances Communication Clarity
05:01 Writing Success Through Personal Boundaries
07:00 Writing's Impact on Self and Others
09:54 Feedback and Insights Through Engagement
14:48 Embracing Unexpected Opportunities
17:49 Unexpected Evolution Through Writing
21:17 Accidental Book Mentor Journey
23:35 Experimental Book Writing Approaches
27:01 Storytelling's Impact in Business
31:12 Book as Team Member Resource
36:22 Bite-Sized Podcast and Book Journey
36:58 Episode Conclusion  

Keywords:   writing a book, book impact, author authority, credibility building book, book marketing, book publishing process, imposter syndrome, book planning, inner critic, writing retreats, writing habits, memoir writing, business growth through books, book title selection, author mindset, collaboration in writing, book content clarity, pre-launch book marketing, post-launch book marketing, visibility for entrepreneurs, leveraging books for business, unexpected benefits of writing, book as a business tool]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/68378144Thu, 06 Nov 2025 05:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsHosts: Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews Welcome to a brand new series of the podcast! In this episode, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews kick off Series 5 with an inspiring conversation that shifts the lens from the nuts and bolts of writing,...Hosts: Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews

Welcome to a brand new series of the podcast! In this episode, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews kick off Series 5 with an inspiring conversation that shifts the lens from the nuts and bolts of writing, publishing, and marketing a book to something even more powerful – the impact a business book can make. 

 Drawing from her own journey as an author, Karen shares how her upcoming book encapsulates why a book should be more than just a collection of words. It should be life-changing for its author, readers, and business.

Joined by fellow author and friend Sheryl Andrews, the two dive deep into the hidden transformations that come with writing a book: from finding courage and clarity, to stepping into your authority, to setting new boundaries and discovering unexpected opportunities.

Whether you’re curious about how the writing process can shape your personal growth, or you want practical insight into what happens after publication, this conversation is packed with stories from Karen’s 10 (yes, 10!) books and reflections on the “invisible stuff” that happens along the way.

If you’re thinking about writing a book – or wondering what’s possible when you do – this episode is the perfect motivator.

** Upcoming Events **  

 If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly online networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  

You’ll get learning, ideas, and the chance to connect with other authors.   We also run an annual writing retreat and our next event in Spain is from 25 April to 2 May 2026. Join us for a week in the sun writing your book!  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams to find out how she can help you via www.librotas.com.  

Key insights  

The Impact Goes Deeper Than You Think: Writing a book doesn’t just build your credibility or bring in more clients. It shifts your own self-perception, boosts courage, and often leads to unexpected growth – both personally and professionally.  

Stepping Into New Identity is Powerful (and Scary!): Embracing your status as an “author” can feel bold and daunting, but the process of writing helps clarify your voice, refine your expertise, and set stronger boundaries. Sometimes the biggest leap is simply saying, “I am a writer.”  

Opportunities Emerge When You Start Sharing: Just telling people about your book-in-progress changes how others see you – and opens doors you never saw coming. Networking, speaking opportunities, collaborations… much of this starts before the book even launches!  

Bio – Karen Williams   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.    With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com  

Socials:    2057false51fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Karen and Sheryl reflect on the challenges authors face today, from finding your unique hook to distilling your expertise into an engaging, succinct read. They discuss the balance between personal storytelling and business value, the importance of market research, and the pivotal role of professional editing.   

Plus, they reveal how to leverage technology, build your author platform, and market your book in a way that truly connects with your readers.  

Whether you’re wrestling with imposter syndrome, struggling to choose your book’s focus, or wondering how to make self-publishing work for you, this episode is packed with insight and encouragement. Tune in as Karen and Sheryl help you future-proof your business book for 2025 and beyond, and remind you that behind every great book is a supportive community - and a bit of messy, creative magic.  

** Check Out Our Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café held on the first Tuesday of each month. Our next event is on Tuesday 3 June where we will be diving into marketing strategies.  

You can find out more about this and our other upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Stand Out By Storytelling: The flood of new business books means you have to stand out. It’s no longer enough to share information—your unique story, clear message, and the value you offer are what connect you with readers.  

Publishing is More Accessible, But Professionalism Counts: With print-on-demand and self-publishing tools, it’s easier than ever to get your book out there. BUT, quality editing, design, and a clear narrative flow are critical—don’t skip the professional touches.  

Marketing is Author-Led (& Evergreen): Whether traditionally published or going solo, you’re responsible for building your platform and audience. Bring people along on your writing journey, leverage social media, and think beyond just the launch—keep your book in the conversation.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas

https://twitter.com/librotas

https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 

https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas 

https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews   Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:  

00:00 New Rules for Business Books
04:49 Fast-Paced Information Consumption
06:17 Personal Narratives Driving Career Paths
10:14 Clarity of Purpose in Writing
15:31 Collaborative Growth Through Feedback
19:23 Shift from Traditional to Self-Publishing
22:30 Signposting Time Shifts in Stories
26:10 Author-Led Marketing Reality
29:16 Focus on Sharing the Journey
32:56 Building Business Through Book Writing
36:38 The Importance of Team Support
37:33 Business Book Bites Series End  

Keywords:    Writing a business book, Book publishing changes, book marketing, authority building, personal branding, author journey, imposter syndrome, storytelling, book clarity, book audience targeting, book hook, self-publishing, traditional publishing, print on demand, audiobooks, Amazon bestseller, book planning, professional book editing, book coaching, book mentor, librotas, marketing strategy, leveraging connections, email marketing, creating online events, niching your book, business ecosystem, book funnels, writing a book, thought leadership  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/65814104Thu, 01 May 2025 04:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this final episode of Series Four, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews dive deep into "The New Rules of Writing a Business Book." After 16 years in the business book world, Karen shares how publishing, writing, and book marketing have radically...
Karen and Sheryl reflect on the challenges authors face today, from finding your unique hook to distilling your expertise into an engaging, succinct read. They discuss the balance between personal storytelling and business value, the importance of market research, and the pivotal role of professional editing.   

Plus, they reveal how to leverage technology, build your author platform, and market your book in a way that truly connects with your readers.  

Whether you’re wrestling with imposter syndrome, struggling to choose your book’s focus, or wondering how to make self-publishing work for you, this episode is packed with insight and encouragement. Tune in as Karen and Sheryl help you future-proof your business book for 2025 and beyond, and remind you that behind every great book is a supportive community - and a bit of messy, creative magic.  

** Check Out Our Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café held on the first Tuesday of each month. Our next event is on Tuesday 3 June where we will be diving into marketing strategies.  

You can find out more about this and our other upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Stand Out By Storytelling: The flood of new business books means you have to stand out. It’s no longer enough to share information—your unique story, clear message, and the value you offer are what connect you with readers.  

Publishing is More Accessible, But Professionalism Counts: With print-on-demand and self-publishing tools, it’s easier than ever to get your book out there. BUT, quality editing, design, and a clear narrative flow are critical—don’t skip the professional touches.  

Marketing is Author-Led (& Evergreen): Whether traditionally published or going solo, you’re responsible for building your platform and audience. Bring people along on your writing journey, leverage social media, and think beyond just the launch—keep your book in the conversation.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas

fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
We explore the importance of maintaining momentum after publishing your book, regardless of the publishing route you chose. We discuss the value of creating evergreen content and insights on how your book can serve as a powerful business tool, whether through workshops, speaking opportunities, or generating continuous reviews and referrals.   

Plus, we discuss the concept of leveraging your book's content for various purposes, including using it for blogs, webinars, and podcasts to extend its reach and impact. Discover innovative ways to collaborate, repurpose, and maintain visibility in the marketplace.  

You can get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple on Amazon or all good book retailers.  

 ** Check Out Our Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café held on the first Tuesday of each month. Our next event is on Tuesday 3 June where we will be diving into maximising your book promotion online - how to say “buy my book” without saying “buy my book”!  

I am also running the Book Launch Blueprint workshop on Monday 30 June where I take you step by step through the process of becoming an Amazon bestseller - and giving you access to all the swipe files, emails, social media templates to be successful.   

 You can find out more about all our events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Create Evergreen Marketing Strategies: Maintain visibility and reach new readers by repurposing your book content into evergreen marketing materials. Consider turning chapters into blogs, webinars, or even podcasts that can be accessed anytime.  

Leverage Your Book as a Business Tool: Use your book in speaking engagements, workshops, and as part of client offerings. Opportunities like bulk sales during events can significantly boost your book's reach.  

Continuous Reviews and Referrals: Encourage ongoing reviews on platforms like Amazon and Goodreads. These act as powerful social proof, making it easier for new readers to discover and trust your work.  

Bio – Karen Williams   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas

https://twitter.com/librotas

 https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 

 https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas 

 https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews   Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:  

00:00 Evergreen Products & Marketing Strategy
05:46 Post-Launch Book Marketing Strategies
08:31 Subtle Book Promotion Strategies
10:37 Boosting Book Recommendations & Reviews
13:01 Networking Strategies for Book Launches
16:29 Expanding Book Ideas Into Content
20:25 Book Collaboration and Expansion
24:19 Guidance Through Book Publishing Process
26:09 Promote Your Book Confidently  

Keywords:   

Book marketing, evergreen content, book launch, book as a business tool, repurposing content, guest blogging, post-launch book marketing strategies, book sales, target audience, networking, book reviews, social proof, book PR and media, podcast interviews, business credibility, content creation, course creation, speaking opportunities, niche audience, book publication, marketing strategy, business growth, book PR,   ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/65678792Thu, 24 Apr 2025 04:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsWelcome back to another episode of Business Book Bites! Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews are diving deeper into the world of book marketing, particularly focusing on strategies to keep your book alive beyond its launch.    We explore the importance...
We explore the importance of maintaining momentum after publishing your book, regardless of the publishing route you chose. We discuss the value of creating evergreen content and insights on how your book can serve as a powerful business tool, whether through workshops, speaking opportunities, or generating continuous reviews and referrals.   

Plus, we discuss the concept of leveraging your book's content for various purposes, including using it for blogs, webinars, and podcasts to extend its reach and impact. Discover innovative ways to collaborate, repurpose, and maintain visibility in the marketplace.  

You can get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple on Amazon or all good book retailers.  

 ** Check Out Our Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café held on the first Tuesday of each month. Our next event is on Tuesday 3 June where we will be diving into maximising your book promotion online - how to say “buy my book” without saying “buy my book”!  

I am also running the Book Launch Blueprint workshop on Monday 30 June where I take you step by step through the process of becoming an Amazon bestseller - and giving you access to all the swipe files, emails, social media templates to be successful.   

 You can find out more about all our events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Create Evergreen Marketing Strategies: Maintain visibility and reach new readers by repurposing your book content into evergreen marketing materials. Consider turning chapters into blogs, webinars, or even podcasts that can be accessed anytime.  

Leverage Your Book as a Business Tool: Use your book in speaking engagements, workshops, and as part of client offerings. Opportunities like bulk sales during events can significantly boost your book's reach.  

Continuous Reviews and Referrals: Encourage ongoing reviews on platforms like Amazon and Goodreads. These act as powerful social proof, making it easier for new readers to discover and trust your work.  

Bio – Karen Williams   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas

411fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
They share insights on maximizing your book's visibility and sales, with strategies that include optimizing discoverability on Amazon, securing PR, and lining up the right launch support. Learn from their experiences, both personal and with clients, as they discuss building a robust pre-launch momentum and keeping it alive well beyond publication day.   

Plus, they offer valuable tips on securing endorsements, asking for help, and celebrating your book's launch in style. Whether you’re a seasoned author or just starting out, this episode is packed with advice and encouragement to ensure your book reaches its full potential.   

You can get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple on Amazon or all good book retailers.  

 ** Check Out Our Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café held on the first Tuesday of each month. Our next event is on Tuesday 3 June where we will be diving into maximising your book promotion online - how to say “buy my book” without saying “buy my book”!  

I am also running the Book Launch Blueprint workshop on Monday 30 June where I take you step by step through the process of becoming an Amazon bestseller - and giving you access to all the swipe files, emails, social media templates to be successful.   

You can find out more about all our events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Visibility and Support: Building a network and asking for help is crucial. Your friends, family, colleagues, and connections can make a significant impact when it comes to sharing your book’s launch.  

Discoverability Optimization: Make sure your book is easily found online by focusing on the right categories, keywords, and metadata. A well-crafted title and subtitle, along with a strategic description, can improve your book’s searchability.  

Celebration and Execution: The launch is also a celebration of your hard work. Whether it’s a full-blown launch party or a quiet toast, marking the occasion keeps the excitement alive and engages your community.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

 https://www.facebook.com/librotas

https://twitter.com/librotas

https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 

 https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas 

https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews  

Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:  

00:00 Book Launch Success Strategies
05:10 Book Promotion & Network Strategy
06:55 Leveraging Small Networks Effectively
12:48 Securing Book Endorsements and Reviews
14:56 Expanding Book Reach via Influencers
18:19 Seek Help and Delegate Tasks
22:25 Measuring Success in Launches
24:05 Creative Book Launch Strategies
26:44 Celebrate Your Writing Milestones  

Keywords:    book launch, book sales, book publication, book PR, book launch support, book design, Amazon launch, amazon bestselling launch, book marketing, street team, engaging influencers, book endorsements, PR strategy, book keywords, book categories, podcast interviews, book metadata, book launch event, becoming a bestseller, book launch party, amazon bestseller, librotas, book marketing made simple  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/65551996Thu, 17 Apr 2025 04:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today's episode of the podcast, Karen Williams, The Book Mentor, along with Sheryl Andrews dive deep into the world of book marketing, especially focusing on the crucial period around a book launch.    They share insights on maximizing your book's...
They share insights on maximizing your book's visibility and sales, with strategies that include optimizing discoverability on Amazon, securing PR, and lining up the right launch support. Learn from their experiences, both personal and with clients, as they discuss building a robust pre-launch momentum and keeping it alive well beyond publication day.   

Plus, they offer valuable tips on securing endorsements, asking for help, and celebrating your book's launch in style. Whether you’re a seasoned author or just starting out, this episode is packed with advice and encouragement to ensure your book reaches its full potential.   

You can get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple on Amazon or all good book retailers.  

 ** Check Out Our Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café held on the first Tuesday of each month. Our next event is on Tuesday 3 June where we will be diving into maximising your book promotion online - how to say “buy my book” without saying “buy my book”!  

I am also running the Book Launch Blueprint workshop on Monday 30 June where I take you step by step through the process of becoming an Amazon bestseller - and giving you access to all the swipe files, emails, social media templates to be successful.   

You can find out more about all our events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Visibility and Support: Building a network and asking for help is crucial. Your friends, family, colleagues, and connections can make a significant impact when it comes to sharing your book’s launch.  

Discoverability Optimization: Make sure your book is easily found online by focusing on the right categories, keywords, and metadata. A well-crafted title and subtitle, along with a strategic description, can improve your book’s searchability.  

Celebration and Execution: The launch is also a celebration of your hard work. Whether it’s a full-blown launch party or a quiet toast, marking the occasion keeps the excitement alive and engages your community.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

 https://www.facebook.com/librotas

1640false410fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
We break down what you need to do well in advance to position your book for success and grow an engaged audience, while avoiding common pre-launch pitfalls. We're talking about the importance of engaging with your audience early to ensure you write the right book for your business and how building anticipation can make all the difference.   

So tune in as we explore the journey from idea to publication and how to make your book a key part of your broader business ecosystem.  

👉 If you’ve not yet got a copy of Book Marketing Made Simple, mentioned in this episode, you can find it on Amazon and all good book retailers.  

** Check Out Our Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café held on the first Tuesday of each month. Our next event is on Tuesday 3 June where we will be diving into an important area of marketing and selling your book.  

You can find out more about this and our other upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Engage Early: Start building momentum months before your launch. Engage your audience early to ensure you’re writing the right book for your business and avoid missing opportunities. Conversation is key!   

Build Anticipation: Share your author journey as well as your book content. People are naturally curious and want to follow the highs, lows, and learnings. Don't underestimate the power of sharing your process.   

Plan, Plan, Plan: Have a pre-launch strategy in place. Break down tasks weekly to make them manageable and ensure you're ready to deal with any inner critic that might pop up.   

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com  www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas

https://twitter.com/librotas

https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 

https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas 

https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews  

Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:  

00:00 Overcoming Publishing Doubts
04:51 "Bravery in Writing and Publishing"
09:28 Aligning Business Goals and Messaging
13:13 Effective Book Marketing Strategies
15:07 CRM and Newsletter Strategies
18:27 Storytelling Key to Content Creation
20:52 Engaging Readers in Writing Journey
23:58 Effective Book Marketing Strategies  

Keywords:    Successful book launch, writing process, author confidence, book marketing strategy, nook positioning, book promotion, email marketing, social media marketing, business list building, business ecosystem, crowdfunding, community building, business storytelling, pre-launch book marketing, personal brand, writing clarity, book themes, content repurposing, author journey, podcast book marketing, book marketing made simple  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/65443028Thu, 10 Apr 2025 04:00:08 +0000Karen WilliamsMany authors make the mistake of starting their marketing efforts too late, missing key opportunities to build momentum. In this episode of the podcast, Sheryl Andrews and Karen Williams dive into the essential strategies for preparing for a...
We break down what you need to do well in advance to position your book for success and grow an engaged audience, while avoiding common pre-launch pitfalls. We're talking about the importance of engaging with your audience early to ensure you write the right book for your business and how building anticipation can make all the difference.   

So tune in as we explore the journey from idea to publication and how to make your book a key part of your broader business ecosystem.  

👉 If you’ve not yet got a copy of Book Marketing Made Simple, mentioned in this episode, you can find it on Amazon and all good book retailers.  

** Check Out Our Events **  

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café held on the first Tuesday of each month. Our next event is on Tuesday 3 June where we will be diving into an important area of marketing and selling your book.  

You can find out more about this and our other upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Engage Early: Start building momentum months before your launch. Engage your audience early to ensure you’re writing the right book for your business and avoid missing opportunities. Conversation is key!   

Build Anticipation: Share your author journey as well as your book content. People are naturally curious and want to follow the highs, lows, and learnings. Don't underestimate the power of sharing your process.   

Plan, Plan, Plan: Have a pre-launch strategy in place. Break down tasks weekly to make them manageable and ensure you're ready to deal with any inner critic that might pop up.   

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com  www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas

https://twitter.com/librotas

https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 1554false49fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Nicky’s journey from gardener to author and marketing strategist is proof that smart marketing, not big budgets, makes the difference. With over 20 books published and years of experience navigating the indie publishing world, he’s discovered what really works when it comes to building an author platform that attracts readers and grows your influence.  

In this episode, we dive into the essentials of building a strong author platform, from branding and networking to creating a lead magnet that actually converts. We also explore the power of influencers—how they can help you reach more readers, and why they aren’t just for fiction authors.  
We discuss practical, low-cost strategies for book marketing, avoiding common pitfalls, and making the most of your time and resources—so you can focus on what matters most: writing books and getting them into the hands of the right readers.  

If book marketing feels overwhelming, this conversation will give you a clearer, more focused approach to growing your audience and selling more books.  

** Check Out Our Upcoming Events **  

Fancy being inspired to write your book? You can check out all our upcoming events via our website, including our Book Launch Blueprint workshop on Monday 30 June, where you can learn the exact steps you need to follow to launch an Amazon bestselling book.   

We run a monthly online networking event (although we are taking a break in May while we run our writing retreat in Spain) and will be back online on Tuesday 3 June for the Coffee and Connect Café, 12-1pm UK time: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

Consistent Branding is Crucial: Whether it's your website or social media profiles, ensure that your branding is cohesive and genre-appropriate to make a memorable impression on readers.  

Discoverability through Networking: Engage with other authors in your genre to share knowledge and run joint promotions. It's a valuable way to tap into new audiences and gain support in the indie author community.  

Influencer Relationships Matter: Reach out to influencers with genuine engagement, offering value first before asking for anything in return. Building solid relationships can increase your book's visibility significantly.  

Bio   Nicky has been writing fiction and non-fiction for the last 10 years. He is a big fan of self-publishing and the freedom it gives writers. He has been an active book marketer for the last five years, disappearing down many rabbit holes during that time. Luckily he emerged knowing what works and what doesn't!  

Website: https://www.thebookmarketer.pro   

Socials:  https://www.instagram.com/the_book_marketer/   

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 From Gardener to Self-Published Author
06:09 Networking and Promotion Strategies
07:49 Centralized Content Strategy Essentials
11:43 Influencer Platforms: Influency & Intellifluence
15:11 Effective Series Writing Essentials
18:37 Trust Individuals: Personalize Marketing Approach
20:54 Targeting Ideal Influencers Effectively 26:25 Empowering Authors for Independence
27:19 "Building Relationships with Influencers"
32:38 Influencer Promotion Cost-Sharing Strategy  

Keywords:    self-publishing, book marketing, author platform, book branding, email list, lead magnet, social media, influencer marketing, book promotion, business networking, fiction authors, nonfiction authors, creative writing, amazon ad campaigns, reader engagement, beta readers, digital assets, book cover design, book launch, email marketing, book genre targeting, amazon keyword research, author outreach, influencer marketing, amazon author central, becoming a bestselling author  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/65199491Thu, 03 Apr 2025 04:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, Karen Williams, The Book Mentor, is joined by Nicky Blewitt—a book marketer, self-published author, and expert in helping writers build platforms that actually sell books.   Nicky’s journey from gardener to author and marketing strategist is...
Nicky’s journey from gardener to author and marketing strategist is proof that smart marketing, not big budgets, makes the difference. With over 20 books published and years of experience navigating the indie publishing world, he’s discovered what really works when it comes to building an author platform that attracts readers and grows your influence.  

In this episode, we dive into the essentials of building a strong author platform, from branding and networking to creating a lead magnet that actually converts. We also explore the power of influencers—how they can help you reach more readers, and why they aren’t just for fiction authors.  
We discuss practical, low-cost strategies for book marketing, avoiding common pitfalls, and making the most of your time and resources—so you can focus on what matters most: writing books and getting them into the hands of the right readers.  

If book marketing feels overwhelming, this conversation will give you a clearer, more focused approach to growing your audience and selling more books.  

** Check Out Our Upcoming Events **  

Fancy being inspired to write your book? You can check out all our upcoming events via our website, including our Book Launch Blueprint workshop on Monday 30 June, where you can learn the exact steps you need to follow to launch an Amazon bestselling book.   

We run a monthly online networking event (although we are taking a break in May while we run our writing retreat in Spain) and will be back online on Tuesday 3 June for the Coffee and Connect Café, 12-1pm UK time: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

Consistent Branding is Crucial: Whether it's your website or social media profiles, ensure that your branding is cohesive and genre-appropriate to make a memorable impression on readers.  

Discoverability through Networking: Engage with other authors in your genre to share knowledge and run joint promotions. It's a valuable way to tap into new audiences and gain support in the indie author community.  

Influencer Relationships Matter: Reach out to influencers with genuine engagement, offering value first before asking for anything in return. Building solid relationships can increase your book's visibility significantly.  

Bio   Nicky has been writing fiction and non-fiction for the last 10 years. He is a big fan of self-publishing and the freedom it gives writers. He has been an active book marketer for the last five years, disappearing down many rabbit holes during that time. Luckily he emerged knowing what works and what doesn't!  

Website: https://www.thebookmarketer.pro   

Socials:  https://www.instagram.com/the_book_marketer/   

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 From Gardener to Self-Published Author
06:09 Networking and Promotion Strategies
07:49 Centralized Content Strategy Essentials
11:43 Influencer Platforms: Influency & Intellifluence
15:11 Effective Series Writing Essentials
18:37 Trust Individuals: Personalize Marketing Approach
20:54 Targeting Ideal Influencers Effectively 26:25 Empowering Authors for Independence
27:19 "Building Relationships with Influencers"
32:38 Influencer Promotion Cost-Sharing Strategy  
1994false48fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Greg brings a unique perspective to writing, blending decades of storytelling expertise with a deep curiosity for AI and technology. With a background shaped by his successful writer father—who worked on the renowned series The Bill—Greg grew up immersed in the world of television writing. His career has since evolved from screenwriting to ghostwriting nonfiction, where he now helps professionals turn their expertise into impactful books.

In this conversation, we dive into Greg’s journey from photography to writing, how AI has transformed his workflow, and why he sees AI as “Photoshop for writers.”

We explore tools like ChatGPT, Claude, and Perplexity, discuss the practicalities of using AI for research and structuring books, and unpack the risks of emerging AI tools. Whether you’re new to AI or already experimenting with it, this episode is packed with insights to help you make the most of these evolving technologies in your writing process.

** Check Out Our Upcoming Events **  

Fancy being inspired to write your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time. Our next session on Tuesday 1st April gives you the opportunity to ask Karen any question you like about the book-writing process.  

Also coming up soon is our Book Kick-Start workshop and Writing Retreat in Spain.  

You can check out all our events here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

Leverage AI Tools: Greg views AI as "Photoshop for writers", highlighting how tools like ChatGPT and Claude can enhance the writing process by improving efficiency while maintaining human authenticity.  

AI in Research & Writing: Discover how AI can assist in keeping track of background materials, offering draft suggestions, and ensuring a cohesive writing process by continually referencing stored project data.  

Adopt AI for Future Readiness: As Greg suggests, AI tools might soon become industry standards, much like Photoshop in photography. Now's the perfect time to explore and embrace these technologies to avoid falling behind.  

Bio  

Greg McQueen, a former TV writer (including "Life Force" with Damian Lewis), now specializes in ghostwriting nonfiction and AI writing. He helps professionals transform their expertise into engaging books and training materials, combining storytelling expertise with teaching experience to make complex topics accessible while preserving their impact.  

Website: www.signaltowords.com   

Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/gregmcqueen-ghostwriter/  

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Writer's Legacy in Creative Upbringing
05:29 "Haiti Relief Anthology Initiative"
08:15 Exploring AI Evolution and Impact
13:01 AI-Assisted Ghostwriting Benefits
15:36 "Enhancing AI with Project Preloads"
17:44 Preloading Instructions for Writing Projects
21:14 Book Comparison Using ChatGPT
27:15 Navigating AI in Writing
30:25 AI Data Usage Misunderstanding
33:10 Embrace Evolving Tech in Writing  

Keywords:    AI writing, ghostwriting, storytelling expertise, nonfiction writing, TV writer, writing tools, book creation, writing profession, TV writing career, publishing process, book proposal, earthquake Haiti, anthology short stories, AI tools, ChatGPT, Claude AI, writing research, DeepSeek AI, Perplexity AI, AI privacy, AI-generated content, nonfiction writing, AI for writers, Greg McQueen, Karen Williams Book Mentor  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/64981347Thu, 27 Mar 2025 05:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, Karen Williams, The Book Mentor, is joined by Greg McQueen, a former TV writer turned ghostwriter and AI writing specialist. Greg brings a unique perspective to writing, blending decades of storytelling expertise with a deep curiosity for AI...
Greg brings a unique perspective to writing, blending decades of storytelling expertise with a deep curiosity for AI and technology. With a background shaped by his successful writer father—who worked on the renowned series The Bill—Greg grew up immersed in the world of television writing. His career has since evolved from screenwriting to ghostwriting nonfiction, where he now helps professionals turn their expertise into impactful books.

In this conversation, we dive into Greg’s journey from photography to writing, how AI has transformed his workflow, and why he sees AI as “Photoshop for writers.”

We explore tools like ChatGPT, Claude, and Perplexity, discuss the practicalities of using AI for research and structuring books, and unpack the risks of emerging AI tools. Whether you’re new to AI or already experimenting with it, this episode is packed with insights to help you make the most of these evolving technologies in your writing process.

** Check Out Our Upcoming Events **  

Fancy being inspired to write your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time. Our next session on Tuesday 1st April gives you the opportunity to ask Karen any question you like about the book-writing process.  

Also coming up soon is our Book Kick-Start workshop and Writing Retreat in Spain.  

You can check out all our events here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

Leverage AI Tools: Greg views AI as "Photoshop for writers", highlighting how tools like ChatGPT and Claude can enhance the writing process by improving efficiency while maintaining human authenticity.  

AI in Research & Writing: Discover how AI can assist in keeping track of background materials, offering draft suggestions, and ensuring a cohesive writing process by continually referencing stored project data.  

Adopt AI for Future Readiness: As Greg suggests, AI tools might soon become industry standards, much like Photoshop in photography. Now's the perfect time to explore and embrace these technologies to avoid falling behind.  

Bio  

Greg McQueen, a former TV writer (including "Life Force" with Damian Lewis), now specializes in ghostwriting nonfiction and AI writing. He helps professionals transform their expertise into engaging books and training materials, combining storytelling expertise with teaching experience to make complex topics accessible while preserving their impact.  

Website: www.signaltowords.com   

Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/gregmcqueen-ghostwriter/  

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Writer's Legacy in Creative Upbringing
05:29 "Haiti Relief Anthology Initiative"
08:15 Exploring AI Evolution and Impact
13:01 AI-Assisted Ghostwriting Benefits
15:36 "Enhancing AI with Project Preloads"
17:44 Preloading Instructions for Writing Projects
21:14 Book Comparison Using ChatGPT
27:15 Navigating AI in Writing
30:25 AI Data Usage Misunderstanding
33:10 Embrace Evolving Tech in Writing  

Keywords:    AI writing, ghostwriting, storytelling expertise, nonfiction writing, TV writer, writing tools, book creation, writing profession, TV writing career, publishing process,...]]>1871false47fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Together with Karen, Julia delves into the intricacies of constructing a community around your book. They explore the journey from Julia’s transition from fitness to community management, the significance of social interaction, and the vital role communities play in author success.   

Whether you're an author looking to launch your first book or an entrepreneur aiming to cultivate lasting connections, this episode is packed with valuable insights. Julia shares her expertise on the steps to creating and managing successful communities, selecting the right platforms, and maintaining the energy needed for community leadership.  

** Check Out Our Upcoming Events **  

Fancy being inspired to write your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time. Our next session on Tuesday 1st April gives you the opportunity to ask Karen any question you like about the book-writing process.  

Also coming up in April 2025 is our Book Kick-Start workshop and writing retreat in Spain.  

You can check out all our events here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

Community as a Catalyst: Julia emphasizes that building a community is a powerful way to elevate and market your book. Engaging people who are excited about your topic creates a base that's eager for more – think programs, courses, and collaborations!  

Keep It Simple: Start simple and prioritize value. Avoid overwhelming your community members by focusing on providing meaningful, bite-sized content, which encourages genuine interaction and sustained engagement.  

It's All About Relationships: Julia highlights the necessity of an active and engaging presence as a community leader. Your role extends beyond content creation – being relational and connecting with your community can transform it from a group into a vibrant ecosystem.  


Bio  

Julia Schneider is a business growth and community engagement specialist with over 16 years of experience in business and marketing. Her specialty lies in creating vibrant, supportive online learning communities and helping businesses grow. She combines her expertise in community building, program creation, and transformational coaching to foster environments where individuals thrive, connect, and make a positive impact on the world.  

Her diverse educational background includes a degree in Kinesiology and Health Sciences, certifications as a Feminine Power Transformational Coach and Leader, and a diploma in Recreation and Leisure. This holistic foundation allows her to approach business growth and community development in a way that nurtures physical health, emotional well-being, and personal growth.  

Julia’s approach to community engagement is rooted in attentiveness to member needs, fostering a sense of belonging, and involving community members in collaborative projects. She implements innovative strategies that not only enhance member engagement but also drive organic growth and promotion for businesses.  

Website: www.alivewithpossibility.ca   

Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/julia-schneider-543805143   

Time stamped overview:
00:00 Passion Projects and Community Building
04:50 Community Benefits for Authors
08:07 Networking for Client Understanding
13:32 Value Over Quantity in Giving
17:22 Engagement and Facebook Group Dynamics
17:58 Start Simple, Grow Later
23:45 Start Small and Build Gradually
25:11 Project Planning: Work Backwards  

Keywords: community engagement, business growth, online learning community, book marketing, community building, membership platforms, networking events, marketing ecosystem, content creation, audience engagement, sustainable community, community support, relationship building, book marketing, marketing ecosystem, marketing funnel, membership programmes, business membership, book sales, business books, business book bites  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/64879648Thu, 20 Mar 2025 05:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this episode, Karen Williams sits down with Julia Schneider, a seasoned business growth and community engagement specialist with over 16 years of experience. Julia’s holistic approach to nurturing physical health, emotional well-being, and personal...
Together with Karen, Julia delves into the intricacies of constructing a community around your book. They explore the journey from Julia’s transition from fitness to community management, the significance of social interaction, and the vital role communities play in author success.   

Whether you're an author looking to launch your first book or an entrepreneur aiming to cultivate lasting connections, this episode is packed with valuable insights. Julia shares her expertise on the steps to creating and managing successful communities, selecting the right platforms, and maintaining the energy needed for community leadership.  

** Check Out Our Upcoming Events **  

Fancy being inspired to write your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time. Our next session on Tuesday 1st April gives you the opportunity to ask Karen any question you like about the book-writing process.  

Also coming up in April 2025 is our Book Kick-Start workshop and writing retreat in Spain.  

You can check out all our events here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

Community as a Catalyst: Julia emphasizes that building a community is a powerful way to elevate and market your book. Engaging people who are excited about your topic creates a base that's eager for more – think programs, courses, and collaborations!  

Keep It Simple: Start simple and prioritize value. Avoid overwhelming your community members by focusing on providing meaningful, bite-sized content, which encourages genuine interaction and sustained engagement.  

It's All About Relationships: Julia highlights the necessity of an active and engaging presence as a community leader. Your role extends beyond content creation – being relational and connecting with your community can transform it from a group into a vibrant ecosystem.  


Bio  

Julia Schneider is a business growth and community engagement specialist with over 16 years of experience in business and marketing. Her specialty lies in creating vibrant, supportive online learning communities and helping businesses grow. She combines her expertise in community building, program creation, and transformational coaching to foster environments where individuals thrive, connect, and make a positive impact on the world.  

Her diverse educational background includes a degree in Kinesiology and Health Sciences, certifications as a Feminine Power Transformational Coach and Leader, and a diploma in Recreation and Leisure. This holistic foundation allows her to approach business growth and community development in a way that nurtures physical health, emotional well-being, and personal growth.  

Julia’s approach to community engagement is rooted in attentiveness to member needs, fostering a sense of belonging, and involving community members in collaborative projects. She implements innovative strategies that not only enhance member engagement but also drive organic growth and promotion for businesses.  

Website: www.alivewithpossibility.ca   

Socials: 46fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast
Jim has published three books, leveraging his podcast, "The Unnoticed Entrepreneur", to transform insightful conversations with over 500 guests into a valuable publishing opportunity. Jim discusses the importance of being a podcast guest as a strategy to drive book audiences and shares practical tips for maximising the exposure gained from guest appearances.   

Tune in as he provides actionable insights on how to prepare effectively, leverage podcast appearances for SEO benefits, and create lasting connections with hosts—all while sharing some of his favourite tech tools and personal anecdotes along the way.   

This episode is a masterclass in understanding the synergy between podcasting and writing for business growth, designed to inspire authors and entrepreneurs alike.  

 ** Check Out Our Upcoming Events **  

Fancy being inspired to write your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time.   

Also coming up is our Book Kick-Start workshop - perfect if you want help getting started. And our writing retreat in Spain - ideal for quality time to write your book in the beautiful Andalucian Mountains.   You can check out all our events here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   


Key Takeaways:

Preparation is Key: Jim emphasizes that 70% of your podcast appearance success is in the preparation. Know the show's style, prepare your talking points, and ensure your tech setup is top-notch. 

Leverage Your Podcast Appearance: Don’t just appear and disappear. Jim advises maximizing the relationship with the host. Follow-up, express gratitude, and explore further collaboration opportunities. 

Create a Clear Call to Action: Engage your audience with a clear next step. Provide valuable takeaways or free resources to keep the conversation going beyond the episode.  

Bio: Jumping out of a plane at the age of 17 taught Jim what he was going to do with his life. Be an entrepreneur. He had learnt how to make a profit from publicity...he's enjoyed 25 years as an expatriate entrepreneur in Asia, and now is a marketing consultant, podcast host and author living in Wiltshire.  

Website:  https://www.jimajames.com  https://www.amazon.co.uk/stores/Jim-James/author/B09C6LPVH2 

Socials:    https://www.linkedin.com/in/jimajames https://www.facebook.com/jimacljames https://www.facebook.com/jimacljames   

Time stamped overview:

00:00 Publishing and Podcasting Journey
05:08 Entrepreneurial Success Stories: A Journey
07:27 Podcast Guesting: Access & Credibility Boost
10:59 Preparing for Podcast Appearances
15:09 Effective Storytelling for Media Engagement
17:46 "Podcasting: A Two-Way Journey"
20:41 Interactive Content for Engagement 25:33 Building Success Through Coaching Networks 27:39 Top Tools for Video and Audio
29:46 Leveraging Content Across Platforms
33:46 Build Your Personal Website Now
37:08 Streamlining for Podcast Success  

Keywords: entrepreneur, publicity, marketing consultant, podcast host, podcast guesting, book marketing, guesting on podcasts, smart author system, writing a book, self-published, Amazon books, British Business Book Awards, Wiley, podcast guest, podcast strategy, podcast host, podcast preparation, podcast pitch, audiogram, SEO, book backlinks, podcast guest blueprint, book pr, leverage podcast  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/64763132Thu, 13 Mar 2025 05:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this episode host Karen Williams is joined by Jim James, an accomplished marketing consultant, podcast host, and author. With years of experience, he has mastered the art of making a profit from publicity and has ventured into writing and...
Jim has published three books, leveraging his podcast, "The Unnoticed Entrepreneur", to transform insightful conversations with over 500 guests into a valuable publishing opportunity. Jim discusses the importance of being a podcast guest as a strategy to drive book audiences and shares practical tips for maximising the exposure gained from guest appearances.   

Tune in as he provides actionable insights on how to prepare effectively, leverage podcast appearances for SEO benefits, and create lasting connections with hosts—all while sharing some of his favourite tech tools and personal anecdotes along the way.   

This episode is a masterclass in understanding the synergy between podcasting and writing for business growth, designed to inspire authors and entrepreneurs alike.  

 ** Check Out Our Upcoming Events **  

Fancy being inspired to write your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time.   

Also coming up is our Book Kick-Start workshop - perfect if you want help getting started. And our writing retreat in Spain - ideal for quality time to write your book in the beautiful Andalucian Mountains.   You can check out all our events here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   


Key Takeaways:

Preparation is Key: Jim emphasizes that 70% of your podcast appearance success is in the preparation. Know the show's style, prepare your talking points, and ensure your tech setup is top-notch. 

Leverage Your Podcast Appearance: Don’t just appear and disappear. Jim advises maximizing the relationship with the host. Follow-up, express gratitude, and explore further collaboration opportunities. 

Create a Clear Call to Action: Engage your audience with a clear next step. Provide valuable takeaways or free resources to keep the conversation going beyond the episode.  

Bio: Jumping out of a plane at the age of 17 taught Jim what he was going to do with his life. Be an entrepreneur. He had learnt how to make a profit from publicity...he's enjoyed 25 years as an expatriate entrepreneur in Asia, and now is a marketing consultant, podcast host and author living in Wiltshire.  

Website:  https://www.jimajames.com  https://www.amazon.co.uk/stores/Jim-James/author/B09C6LPVH2 

Socials:    https://www.linkedin.com/in/jimajames https://www.facebook.com/jimacljames https://www.facebook.com/jimacljames   

Time stamped overview:

00:00 Publishing and Podcasting Journey
05:08 Entrepreneurial Success Stories: A Journey
07:27 Podcast Guesting: Access & Credibility Boost
10:59 Preparing for Podcast Appearances
15:09 Effective Storytelling for Media Engagement
17:46 "Podcasting: A Two-Way Journey"
20:41 Interactive Content for Engagement 25:33 Building Success Through Coaching Networks 27:39 Top Tools for Video and Audio
29:46 Leveraging Content...]]>2231amazon,book,books,business,entrepreneur,marketing,podcast,podcasts,publicity,self-published,storytelling,writingfalse45fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
In today's episode, we dive deep into the world of book publishing with Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews. Together, we'll unravel the complexities authors encounter when deciding between self-publishing, hybrid publishing, or traditional publishing.   

We discuss the five key considerations every author should ponder: intellectual property, control of content, budget, timelines, and perception in the publishing industry.   

Whether you're a first-time author or looking to refine your publishing strategy, this episode will equip you with the clarity and insights you need to make the best decision for your book and your business. Tune in and get ready to take the next step in your author journey!  

** Check Out Our Events **  

If you’d like to find out how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free online monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, which is held on the first Tuesday of each month. We are also running our next Book Kick-Start workshop on Monday 31 March - perfect if you are in the early stages of writing your non-fiction book and need help to begin.  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights:  

Intellectual Property (IP) Matters: Your book could be the cornerstone of your business ecosystem. Ensure you retain rights to create products, courses, and more from your content. Clear IP can pave the way for a thriving business journey.  

Control of Content: Understand what autonomy you want over your book's content, design, and pricing. While self-publishing offers more control, traditional routes could mean a trade-off for market expertise.  

Timelines and Planning: Traditional deals can take a while, from getting the deal to seeing your book in print. If timing is crucial, factor in publishing timelines in your strategy. Self-publishing might be quicker but needs your diligence in planning.  

Bio – Karen Williams   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/  https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas  https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews   Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:  

00:00 Intellectual Property Importance in Publishing
04:18 Balancing Copyright in Publishing
09:15 Balancing Feedback with Authorial Voice
10:42 "Vision and Strategy for Authors"
16:10 Affordable Self-Publishing for Beginners
17:41 "Focus on Writing, Not Publishing"
21:58 Self-Publishing Timeline Realities
25:34 Balancing Teamwork and Deadlines
26:41 Time Perception and First Experiences
30:25 "Effective Publishing Partnership Strategies"  

Keywords:  publishing decisions, self-publishing, hybrid publishing, traditional publishing, intellectual property, IP, getting a publishing deal, book writing, copyright, book writing permissions, fair use policy, publishing budget, publishing timescales, book royalties, book creative control, book content control, book pricing, book writing timeline, how long does it take to write a book?, book marketing, book feedback, publishing team, book launch, alliance of Independent Authors, karen Williams the book mentor, book marketing made simple  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/64648208Thu, 06 Mar 2025 05:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsWelcome back to another insightful episode where we explore the pivotal choices authors face in their publishing journey.    In today's episode, we dive deep into the world of book publishing with Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews. Together, we'll...
In today's episode, we dive deep into the world of book publishing with Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews. Together, we'll unravel the complexities authors encounter when deciding between self-publishing, hybrid publishing, or traditional publishing.   

We discuss the five key considerations every author should ponder: intellectual property, control of content, budget, timelines, and perception in the publishing industry.   

Whether you're a first-time author or looking to refine your publishing strategy, this episode will equip you with the clarity and insights you need to make the best decision for your book and your business. Tune in and get ready to take the next step in your author journey!  

** Check Out Our Events **  

If you’d like to find out how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free online monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, which is held on the first Tuesday of each month. We are also running our next Book Kick-Start workshop on Monday 31 March - perfect if you are in the early stages of writing your non-fiction book and need help to begin.  

You can find out more about all our upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents. Or contact Karen Williams via www.librotas.com.   

Key insights:  

Intellectual Property (IP) Matters: Your book could be the cornerstone of your business ecosystem. Ensure you retain rights to create products, courses, and more from your content. Clear IP can pave the way for a thriving business journey.  

Control of Content: Understand what autonomy you want over your book's content, design, and pricing. While self-publishing offers more control, traditional routes could mean a trade-off for market expertise.  

Timelines and Planning: Traditional deals can take a while, from getting the deal to seeing your book in print. If timing is crucial, factor in publishing timelines in your strategy. Self-publishing might be quicker but needs your diligence in planning.  

Bio – Karen Williams   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/  https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas  44fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Milli shares her remarkable journey from therapist to writer, spurred by her transformative experience of motherhood and her foray into mommy blogging. Discover how she transitioned into journalism, writing for prestigious publications like The Telegraph, and landed her first book deal with Harper Collins.

We delve into the world of Substack - a platform she believes is the future of writing. She provides valuable insights on how Substack has revitalized her writing career, offering both creative freedom and financial stability. Milli discusses the importance of consistency, finding your passion, and experimenting with content to build a loyal subscriber base. 

Whether you're an aspiring author or seasoned writer, Milli's advice on leveraging Substack to enhance your writing journey and connect with a dedicated audience is not to be missed. 

 ** Join our Community **

This podcast is brought to you by Karen Williams, The Book Mentor at Librotas. If you’d love to be part of our community and get inspired to write your book, join us at our next Coffee and Connect Café - a friendly online networking event held on the first Tuesday of each month from 12–1 pm UK time.

Check out all our events and sign up here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.  Or visit our website to discover how we can best support you in writing a successful business-building book.

Key Takeaways

Embrace Your Authentic Voice: Milli emphasized the importance of writing about what truly interests and excites you. Whether it’s feminism, motherhood, or your unique life experiences, being genuine will resonate deeply with your audience.

Utilize Substack for Financial Stability: Substack offers a sustainable model for writers by providing multiple monetization options. From paid subscriptions to exclusive content, it helps in creating a predictable revenue stream while allowing you to own your mailing list.

Consistency and Community: Milli highlights the significance of consistency in content creation. Regular posting schedules not only build a loyal audience but also create a supportive community that engages and grows with your work. She also runs an online writing group through Substack, creating deeper connections with her readers.  


Bio

Milli Hill is a writer and freelance journalist with a passion for reframing the narrative around women’s bodies. She is the author of the bestselling Positive Birth Book (2017), Give Birth like a Feminist (2019) and My Period (2021, for preteen girls). Her fourth book, Ultra Processed Women, will be published by Harper Collins in 2025, with a fifth book to follow in 2026. To date, her books have been translated into seven languages. 

From 2012 to 2021 she founded and ran the Positive Birth Movement, a global network of antenatal discussion groups aimed at improving birth and giving women better access to support and information. She ended this work, in part, due to the online abuse she received as a result of advocating for sex-based language in maternity care. Milli has spoken nationally and internationally about positive birth, obstetric violence and female autonomy in health. 

As a journalist since 2013 she has written for many publications including Telegraph, Mail, Guardian, Independent, ipaper and Mother&Baby, and has appeared on BBC Breakfast news, BBC Radio 4, BBC Radio 2, BBC 5 Live, talkradio, LBC and many leading podcasts. She writes on substack about women’s health, feminism, and issues around sex and gender including the erasure of women from language. Milli lives in Somerset with her partner, three children and two dogs.

Website: www.millihill.co.uk 

Amazon page: https://www.amazon.co.uk/stores/Milli-Hill/author/B00RITKBBE  

Socials: 

https://millihill.substack.com
 
https://www.instagram.com/milli.hill  


Time stamped overview:

00:00 Motherhood Journey Sparks Mummy Blog
06:06 Substack Subscription Earnings Explained
07:23 Monetizing Substack: A Transformative Journey
10:44 Struggles with Book Writing Transparency
15:25 Niche Substack: Turn Passion into Profit
18:03 Book Promotion via Substack
20:31 Start Substack: Simple and Supportive
22:53 Substack Profits from Social Chats
28:12 Juggling Book Releases and Projects


Keywords: 

Substack, freelance journalism, book writing, mummy blogging, positive birth movement, book publishing deal, Ultra Processed Women, feminist writing, writing tips, online writing groups, monetizing book content, crowdfunding, Mailchimp, Medium, Patreon, financial security for writers, substack for writers, milli hill, book podcast, substack podcast, harper collins book deal, monetizing for writers, loyal subscriber base, book promotion, start substack  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/64508923Thu, 27 Feb 2025 05:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsIn our latest episode Karen Williams is joined by accomplished writer and freelance journalist, Milli Hill. With a passion for challenging and reframing the narrative around women's bodies, Milli has authored three books, and her fourth, "Ultra...
Milli shares her remarkable journey from therapist to writer, spurred by her transformative experience of motherhood and her foray into mommy blogging. Discover how she transitioned into journalism, writing for prestigious publications like The Telegraph, and landed her first book deal with Harper Collins.

We delve into the world of Substack - a platform she believes is the future of writing. She provides valuable insights on how Substack has revitalized her writing career, offering both creative freedom and financial stability. Milli discusses the importance of consistency, finding your passion, and experimenting with content to build a loyal subscriber base. 

Whether you're an aspiring author or seasoned writer, Milli's advice on leveraging Substack to enhance your writing journey and connect with a dedicated audience is not to be missed. 

 ** Join our Community **

This podcast is brought to you by Karen Williams, The Book Mentor at Librotas. If you’d love to be part of our community and get inspired to write your book, join us at our next Coffee and Connect Café - a friendly online networking event held on the first Tuesday of each month from 12–1 pm UK time.

Check out all our events and sign up here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.  Or visit our website to discover how we can best support you in writing a successful business-building book.

Key Takeaways

Embrace Your Authentic Voice: Milli emphasized the importance of writing about what truly interests and excites you. Whether it’s feminism, motherhood, or your unique life experiences, being genuine will resonate deeply with your audience.

Utilize Substack for Financial Stability: Substack offers a sustainable model for writers by providing multiple monetization options. From paid subscriptions to exclusive content, it helps in creating a predictable revenue stream while allowing you to own your mailing list.

Consistency and Community: Milli highlights the significance of consistency in content creation. Regular posting schedules not only build a loyal audience but also create a supportive community that engages and grows with your work. She also runs an online writing group through Substack, creating deeper connections with her readers.  


Bio

Milli Hill is a writer and freelance journalist with a passion for reframing the narrative around women’s bodies. She is the author of the bestselling Positive Birth Book (2017), Give Birth like a Feminist (2019) and My Period (2021, for preteen girls). Her fourth book, Ultra Processed Women, will be published by Harper Collins in 2025, with a fifth book to follow in 2026. To date, her books have been translated into seven languages. 

From 2012 to 2021 she founded and ran the Positive Birth Movement, a global network of antenatal discussion groups aimed at improving birth and giving women better access to support and information. She ended this work, in part, due to the online abuse she received as a result of advocating for sex-based language in maternity care. Milli has spoken nationally and internationally about positive birth, obstetric violence and female autonomy in health. 

As a journalist since 2013 she has written for many publications including Telegraph, Mail, Guardian, Independent, ipaper and Mother&Baby, and has appeared on BBC Breakfast news, BBC Radio 4, BBC Radio 2, BBC 5...]]>1731false43fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Amazon ads have been a game-changer in his success story. From beginning as an author during the Kindle "gold rush" era to offering ad services to other authors, Michal emphasizes the evolving landscape of book marketing.   

He goes into detail about Amazon's pay-per-click advertising model, the importance of having a compelling book page, and offers actionable hacks for authors to increase their book's visibility and sales. We also discuss common mistakes authors make, and why understanding both your book and the Amazon algorithm is crucial for ad success.  

If you're an author looking to navigate the complexities of Amazon ads and boost your book sales, this episode is a must-listen. Join us for a packed session of valuable insights and practical advice from someone who's mastered the art and science of Amazon advertising.  

Fancy being inspired to write your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time. We also have one more place left on our writing retreat in Spain from 26 April to 3 May.    

You can check out all our events here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

Understanding the Basics of Amazon Ads: Michal explains that Amazon ads are a pay-per-click advertising system that can drive significant traffic to your book page. Although simple in concept, they require a nuanced approach to master.   

 Importance of a Compelling Book Page: Your book cover, title, description, and reviews are pivotal in converting visitors into buyers. Ensure your headline is short and impactful, utilize editorial reviews, and gather as many organic reviews as possible.   

Testing Your Luck with Automatic Ads: Michal shares that setting up an automatic ad can be a litmus test for your book’s compatibility with Amazon’s algorithm. High click-through rates could indicate that your book has the potential to perform well.   

Bio   Nicknamed Mr. Consistency by his friends, Michal Stawicki started as a 33 year old burned out IT specialist. In the last decade, he published 19 books, sold about 100,000 copies of them, created dozens of new good habits, started a book advertising business, and quit his day job as a database administrator.   Website: https://resurrectingbooks.com   Find out more about Michal’s books at https://www.amazon.com/stores/Michal-Stawicki/author/B00D0MNDJU.   

Socials:    https://www.linkedin.com/in/stawicki-michal   https://twitter.com/StawickiMichal https://www.facebook.com/michal.sta.9  

Time stamped overview:   00:00 Kindle Publishing Evolution 03:45 Amazon PPC Book Advertising 06:58 Cost of Amazon Service Mastery 12:29 Monetizing Fiction vs. Nonfiction Readers 14:12 Books: Start With The End in Mind 18:50 YouTube Amazon Book Ad Guide 23:18 Boost Book Sales with Editorial Reviews 26:56 Optimizing Book Page for Sales 28:33 Impact of Review Quantity on Sales  

Keywords:    Amazon ads, Amazon book ads, pay per click advertising, book publishing, book advertising, Kindle publishing, Amazon algorithm, book cover design, book metadata, Amazon reviews, book description, editorial reviews, nonfiction books, fiction books, self-publishing, Amazon advertising strategy, book sales, click-through rate, conversion rate, advertising budget, book marketing, keyword optimization, book promotion, book page optimization, advertising ROI, advertising strategy, book royalties, book marketing mistakes, amazon advertising costs, boost book sales, business book bites podcast  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/64382600Thu, 20 Feb 2025 05:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, we dive deep into Amazon ads with Michal Stawicki. Once a burnt-out IT specialist, Michal transformed his life by publishing 19 books, selling around 100,000 copies, and creating numerous good habits. He also started a book advertising business...
Amazon ads have been a game-changer in his success story. From beginning as an author during the Kindle "gold rush" era to offering ad services to other authors, Michal emphasizes the evolving landscape of book marketing.   

He goes into detail about Amazon's pay-per-click advertising model, the importance of having a compelling book page, and offers actionable hacks for authors to increase their book's visibility and sales. We also discuss common mistakes authors make, and why understanding both your book and the Amazon algorithm is crucial for ad success.  

If you're an author looking to navigate the complexities of Amazon ads and boost your book sales, this episode is a must-listen. Join us for a packed session of valuable insights and practical advice from someone who's mastered the art and science of Amazon advertising.  

Fancy being inspired to write your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time. We also have one more place left on our writing retreat in Spain from 26 April to 3 May.    

You can check out all our events here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

Understanding the Basics of Amazon Ads: Michal explains that Amazon ads are a pay-per-click advertising system that can drive significant traffic to your book page. Although simple in concept, they require a nuanced approach to master.   

 Importance of a Compelling Book Page: Your book cover, title, description, and reviews are pivotal in converting visitors into buyers. Ensure your headline is short and impactful, utilize editorial reviews, and gather as many organic reviews as possible.   

Testing Your Luck with Automatic Ads: Michal shares that setting up an automatic ad can be a litmus test for your book’s compatibility with Amazon’s algorithm. High click-through rates could indicate that your book has the potential to perform well.   

Bio   Nicknamed Mr. Consistency by his friends, Michal Stawicki started as a 33 year old burned out IT specialist. In the last decade, he published 19 books, sold about 100,000 copies of them, created dozens of new good habits, started a book advertising business, and quit his day job as a database administrator.   Website: https://resurrectingbooks.com   Find out more about Michal’s books at https://www.amazon.com/stores/Michal-Stawicki/author/B00D0MNDJU.   

Socials:    https://www.linkedin.com/in/stawicki-michal   https://twitter.com/StawickiMichal https://www.facebook.com/michal.sta.9  

Time stamped overview:   00:00 Kindle Publishing Evolution 03:45 Amazon PPC Book Advertising 06:58 Cost of Amazon Service Mastery 12:29 Monetizing Fiction vs. Nonfiction Readers 14:12 Books: Start With The End in Mind 18:50 YouTube Amazon Book Ad Guide 23:18 Boost Book Sales with Editorial Reviews 26:56 Optimizing Book Page for Sales 28:33 Impact of...]]>1634false42fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/They explore how emerging trends can shape nonfiction publishing and how authors can leverage these trends to better connect with their audience. Inspired by a recent conversation in a women's WhatsApp group on menopause and sleep, they illustrate the importance of understanding trends to inspire ideas, boost visibility, and position expertise.   

So what are the current trends? Karen is seeing more people writing about topics like AI, sustainability, personal development, neurodivergence and more. So grab a coffee, sit back, and get ready to uncover the secrets of leveraging trends in nonfiction publishing.  

*** JOIN OUR MONTHLY ONLINE NETWORKING EVENT ***

Want to network with like-minded authors and learn something new? Come along to one of our free online monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You can find out more about all of our events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents.  

*** NEW AI BOOK MENTORS ***

Want access to a Book Mentor anytime, anywhere? Check out our new AI Book Mentors, powered by AI and developed using my expertise! Each aims to solve one of your most burning questions about the book planning, writing, publishing or marketing process. And each available immediately for the price of a coffee. Check out http://librotas.com/aibookmentor.    Or, if you’d like personal help and support, then please get in touch via karen@librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Aligning Passion with Trends: Balancing your passion and expertise with what's trending is crucial for success. Research trends early, but remain adaptable to deepen your themes if trends shift.  

Leverage Multimedia Research: Utilize tools like ChatGPT, Answer the Public, and Amazon categories to compare your book ideas, ensuring you tap into current hot topics that resonate with readers.  

Validation and Reader-Centric Focus: Validate your ideas with diverse sources, including primary research and client interactions, ensuring your book speaks directly to the needs and language of your intended audience.  

Bio – Karen Williams   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.    With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:    https://www.facebook.com/librotas https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/  https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas  https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews   Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:   00:00 Defining Your Unique Angle 05:13 Finding Your Unique Angle 07:09 Balancing Personal Insight with Audience Needs 10:38 Della Judd: Post-Pandemic Career Insights 15:21 "Share Your Story, Raise Awareness" 16:37 Personalize Trends: Stand Out, Align 19:54 "Confidence Through Diverse Feedback" 24:08 Evaluating Research Bias in Results 28:06 Book Writing & Networking Insights  

Keywords:    nonfiction author, book marketplace, trends shape nonfiction publishing, leverage trends, inspiring book ideas, book boosting visibility, finding your sweet spot, unexpected benefits of writing, book-related trends, book angle, your book is the hook, book research, smart author system, Amazon categories, booktok, LinkedIn, answer the public, chat GPT, ai for writing, menopause and sleep, writing a business book, book trends, book research, book trends 2025  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/64305157Thu, 13 Feb 2025 05:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today's episode Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews dive into a topic that is crucial for every nonfiction author: standing out in a crowded marketplace while staying relevant to today's readers.    They explore how emerging trends can shape...They explore how emerging trends can shape nonfiction publishing and how authors can leverage these trends to better connect with their audience. Inspired by a recent conversation in a women's WhatsApp group on menopause and sleep, they illustrate the importance of understanding trends to inspire ideas, boost visibility, and position expertise.   

So what are the current trends? Karen is seeing more people writing about topics like AI, sustainability, personal development, neurodivergence and more. So grab a coffee, sit back, and get ready to uncover the secrets of leveraging trends in nonfiction publishing.  

*** JOIN OUR MONTHLY ONLINE NETWORKING EVENT ***

Want to network with like-minded authors and learn something new? Come along to one of our free online monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café, held on the first Tuesday of each month.  You can find out more about all of our events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents.  

*** NEW AI BOOK MENTORS ***

Want access to a Book Mentor anytime, anywhere? Check out our new AI Book Mentors, powered by AI and developed using my expertise! Each aims to solve one of your most burning questions about the book planning, writing, publishing or marketing process. And each available immediately for the price of a coffee. Check out http://librotas.com/aibookmentor.    Or, if you’d like personal help and support, then please get in touch via karen@librotas.com.   

Key insights  

Aligning Passion with Trends: Balancing your passion and expertise with what's trending is crucial for success. Research trends early, but remain adaptable to deepen your themes if trends shift.  

Leverage Multimedia Research: Utilize tools like ChatGPT, Answer the Public, and Amazon categories to compare your book ideas, ensuring you tap into current hot topics that resonate with readers.  

Validation and Reader-Centric Focus: Validate your ideas with diverse sources, including primary research and client interactions, ensuring your book speaks directly to the needs and language of your intended audience.  

Bio – Karen Williams   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.    With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:    https://www.facebook.com/librotas https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/  1741false41fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Helen's journey from a housing association researcher and civil servant to a successful author and social advocate is nothing short of inspiring. She penned her impactful book while navigating the challenges of being a stay-at-home mum, driven by a desire to create a better world for future generations.

Helen shares the highs and lows of her writing process, the importance of perseverance, and the unexpected paths her book has opened up — from speaking at the all-party parliamentary group on poverty to winning prestigious awards. Whether you're an aspiring writer or passionate about social change, Helen's story is bound to motivate and enlighten. 

Fancy being inspired to write your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time. You can check out all our events and sign up here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

• Leverage Your Unique Skills to Drive Change: Helen's background in writing and research propelled her to author a book that addresses crucial social issues. Recognise your strengths and use them to make a difference in areas you're passionate about.
• Persevere Through Challenges: From battling the intricacies of getting published to securing permissions for 143 quotes, Helen’s journey underscores the importance of grit and determination. Remember, the path might be tough, but the destination is worth it.
• Network and Collaborate: Helen's success was bolstered by the support of friends, mentors, and industry connections. Engage with your network, attend events, and don’t hesitate to seek book mentorship. The right connections can open doors you never imagined.  

Bio  

Helen Rowe is the author of ‘Eliminating Poverty in Britain’ and trainer on The Biology of Poverty and The Biology of Child Poverty. She wrote the book as a stay-at-home parent. Prior to this she won a research award for her work at a housing association and was co-chair of The Connected Housing Initiative which campaigned for cheaper internet access for poorer sections of society. Before that, Helen spent nine years as a civil servant at The Foreign office, working on counter terrorism and chemical and biological weapons systems.  

Website:  www.helenroweuk.net and find her book via https://lnk.to/eliminatingpovertyTW?s=08  

Socials:    www.linkedin.com/in/helenroweuk Instagram/YouTube: @HelenRoweUK  

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Chat with Helen Rowe: author and trainer.
03:48 Book mentor's guidance led to publishing deal.
08:37 Developed training courses to bridge knowledge gap.
12:06 Pursuing engagement on addressing poverty with organizations.
14:51 Make a difference: take action, ignite change.
17:42 Meet people face-to-face for publishing success.  

Keywords:    Eliminating Poverty in Britain, Helen Rowe, Page Turner Awards, biology of poverty, biology of child poverty, writing journey, publishing deal, flint press, book mentor, child poverty, Labour party, BBC Sounds podcast, all party parliamentary group on poverty, political ideas, poverty in Britain, book writing, book writing permissions, social policy, author journey, book podcast, business book bites  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/62674843Thu, 14 Nov 2024 05:00:06 +0000Karen WilliamsWelcome to the podcast where we distil the wisdom of influential business books and their authors. In today's episode, host Karen Williams sits down with Helen Rowe, the award-winning author of ‘Eliminating Poverty in Britain’.  Helen's journey from...
Helen's journey from a housing association researcher and civil servant to a successful author and social advocate is nothing short of inspiring. She penned her impactful book while navigating the challenges of being a stay-at-home mum, driven by a desire to create a better world for future generations.

Helen shares the highs and lows of her writing process, the importance of perseverance, and the unexpected paths her book has opened up — from speaking at the all-party parliamentary group on poverty to winning prestigious awards. Whether you're an aspiring writer or passionate about social change, Helen's story is bound to motivate and enlighten. 

Fancy being inspired to write your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time. You can check out all our events and sign up here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

• Leverage Your Unique Skills to Drive Change: Helen's background in writing and research propelled her to author a book that addresses crucial social issues. Recognise your strengths and use them to make a difference in areas you're passionate about.
• Persevere Through Challenges: From battling the intricacies of getting published to securing permissions for 143 quotes, Helen’s journey underscores the importance of grit and determination. Remember, the path might be tough, but the destination is worth it.
• Network and Collaborate: Helen's success was bolstered by the support of friends, mentors, and industry connections. Engage with your network, attend events, and don’t hesitate to seek book mentorship. The right connections can open doors you never imagined.  

Bio  

Helen Rowe is the author of ‘Eliminating Poverty in Britain’ and trainer on The Biology of Poverty and The Biology of Child Poverty. She wrote the book as a stay-at-home parent. Prior to this she won a research award for her work at a housing association and was co-chair of The Connected Housing Initiative which campaigned for cheaper internet access for poorer sections of society. Before that, Helen spent nine years as a civil servant at The Foreign office, working on counter terrorism and chemical and biological weapons systems.  

Website:  www.helenroweuk.net and find her book via https://lnk.to/eliminatingpovertyTW?s=08  

Socials:    www.linkedin.com/in/helenroweuk Instagram/YouTube: @HelenRoweUK  

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Chat with Helen Rowe: author and trainer.
03:48 Book mentor's guidance led to publishing deal.
08:37 Developed training courses to bridge knowledge gap.
12:06 Pursuing engagement on addressing poverty with organizations.
14:51 Make a difference: take action, ignite change.
17:42 Meet people face-to-face for publishing success.  

Keywords:    Eliminating Poverty in Britain, Helen Rowe, Page Turner Awards, biology of poverty, biology of child poverty, writing journey, publishing deal, flint press, book mentor, child poverty, Labour party, BBC Sounds podcast, all party parliamentary group on poverty, political ideas, poverty in Britain, book writing, book writing...]]>1165false314fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
In this episode, Sam returns to discuss her latest book, "The Write Strategy", which provides a roadmap for incorporating publishing into a successful business strategy. We dive into Sam's writing journey, from her first book, "Stress-Free Self-Publishing," to her autobiographical work, "From Broken to Brave." Plus, Sam offers a special discount for our listeners for the launch of her latest book and shares her key tips for self-publishing effectively.

The first episode that Sam and Karen recorded together in series one is ‘The secret to securing extensive book distribution’. Fancy being inspired to write and publish your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time. You can check out all our events and sign up here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways   ·       

• Practical Strategies for Business Influence: Sam's new book, "The Write Strategy", provides a comprehensive guide to establishing yourself as a key person of influence within your industry. It's packed with actionable tips, exercises, and templates to help you from the spark of an idea to publishing and marketing your book.       
• The Power of Self-Publishing: Sam highlighted the value of maintaining ownership and control over your work through self-publishing. Contrary to popular belief, self-publishing can be extremely professional and offers the flexibility to adapt your book to new opportunities without restrictions.
• Giving Books Away as a Business Strategy: One counterintuitive but powerful strategy Sam discussed is giving away copies of your book. This can significantly increase your reach and convert potential clients, demonstrating your expertise and offering profound value—even before a formal engagement.  

Bio

Sam Pearce is a renowned author and speaker, and founder of SWATT Books Ltd., a leading self-publishing consultancy recognised by the Alliance of Independent Authors and the Independent Publishers Guild. With over a decade of experience helping business owners, thought leaders and coaches publish professional-quality books, Sam brings a wealth of knowledge and expertise to the business publishing industry.  

Website: https://swatt-books.co.uk/the-write-strategy   

Socials: 

https://www.facebook.com/SWATTBooks
https://www.instagram.com/swattbooks
https://www.linkedin.com/in/sampearceswattbooks  

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Writing book tripled my business in months.
05:48 Publishing is emotional, vulnerable, but enhances empathy.
08:43 Write a book to become an influential expert.
12:30 Experts often underestimate their unique knowledge's value.
14:28 Books showcase your style, raising your profile.
18:21 Podcast listeners get 25% off book with QR.
22:10 Self-publish for control over business books. 24:06 Consider traditional vs. self-publishing; quality matters.  

Keywords:    Sam Pearce, Karen Williams, Swatt Books, Business Book Bites podcast, self-publishing consultancy, alliance of Independent Authors, Independent Publishers Guild, thought leaders, quality books, book publishing industry, book distribution, Amazon, The Write Strategy, business book launch, writing journey, self-publishing, business strategy, business coach, Ian Dixon, Stress Free Self-Publishing, From Broken to Brave, business accelerator course, Daniel Priestley, Dent Global, key person of influence, education bias, book marketing, business ecosystem, sales conversion, traditional publishing vs self-publishing  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/62639395Thu, 07 Nov 2024 05:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today's episode, Karen Williams is chatting with Samantha Pearce, a renowned author, speaker, and founder of SWATT Books Ltd., a top self-publishing consultancy.  In this episode, Sam returns to discuss her latest book, "The Write Strategy", which...
In this episode, Sam returns to discuss her latest book, "The Write Strategy", which provides a roadmap for incorporating publishing into a successful business strategy. We dive into Sam's writing journey, from her first book, "Stress-Free Self-Publishing," to her autobiographical work, "From Broken to Brave." Plus, Sam offers a special discount for our listeners for the launch of her latest book and shares her key tips for self-publishing effectively.

The first episode that Sam and Karen recorded together in series one is ‘The secret to securing extensive book distribution’. Fancy being inspired to write and publish your book? Join our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event. It’s on the first Tuesday of each month, from 12-1pm UK time. You can check out all our events and sign up here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways   ·       

• Practical Strategies for Business Influence: Sam's new book, "The Write Strategy", provides a comprehensive guide to establishing yourself as a key person of influence within your industry. It's packed with actionable tips, exercises, and templates to help you from the spark of an idea to publishing and marketing your book.       
• The Power of Self-Publishing: Sam highlighted the value of maintaining ownership and control over your work through self-publishing. Contrary to popular belief, self-publishing can be extremely professional and offers the flexibility to adapt your book to new opportunities without restrictions.
• Giving Books Away as a Business Strategy: One counterintuitive but powerful strategy Sam discussed is giving away copies of your book. This can significantly increase your reach and convert potential clients, demonstrating your expertise and offering profound value—even before a formal engagement.  

Bio

Sam Pearce is a renowned author and speaker, and founder of SWATT Books Ltd., a leading self-publishing consultancy recognised by the Alliance of Independent Authors and the Independent Publishers Guild. With over a decade of experience helping business owners, thought leaders and coaches publish professional-quality books, Sam brings a wealth of knowledge and expertise to the business publishing industry.  

Website: https://swatt-books.co.uk/the-write-strategy   

Socials: 

https://www.facebook.com/SWATTBooks
https://www.instagram.com/swattbooks
https://www.linkedin.com/in/sampearceswattbooks  

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Writing book tripled my business in months.
05:48 Publishing is emotional, vulnerable, but enhances empathy.
08:43 Write a book to become an influential expert.
12:30 Experts often underestimate their unique knowledge's value.
14:28 Books showcase your style, raising your profile.
18:21 Podcast listeners get 25% off book with QR.
22:10 Self-publish for control over business books. 24:06 Consider traditional vs. self-publishing; quality matters.  

Keywords:    Sam Pearce, Karen Williams, Swatt Books, Business Book Bites podcast, self-publishing consultancy, alliance of Independent Authors, Independent...]]>1494false313fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
We explore the booming market for digital card decks in wellness, spirituality, and coaching spaces. We'll uncover how Deckible is transforming the landscape by offering a platform akin to Kindle or Audible, but for card decks.    From the challenges of digitising intellectual property to leveraging tools like Canva and crowdfunding, Nick shares the journey of launching Deckible and highlights the rising trend of adapting bestselling books into card decks.  

Discover how Deckible stands out by enabling users to sort and prioritise cards for life choices, engage in multimedia learning, and overcome procrastination. Don't miss our discussion on the transformative potential of card decks, the importance of early adoption, and an exciting upcoming masterclass on Deckible. Alongside our first digital deck, “Shitty first draft”.  

Want to ask Nick questions about Deckible and how you can turn your book into a deck? Sign up for our upcoming Deckible masterclass on Wednesday 27 November, 7pm GMT at www.librotas.com/deckiblemasterclass.    And check out all of our events at www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

• Digital Transformation in Personal Growth: Nick introduced Deckible, a pioneering marketplace for digital card decks. This platform offers a new way to deliver content, helping users transition from merely consuming information to actively utilising it.  
• Embrace the "Shitty First Draft" Approach: Nick and Karen discussed the value of rapidly producing and sharing creative work. This iterative approach, similar to the digital updates for decks and books, helps overcome procrastination and perfectionism.  

• Advantages Over Traditional Media: Digital card decks offer a unique value proposition by distilling complex ideas into concise, actionable steps. They provide an interactive learning experience tailored to various learning styles, especially beneficial for kinaesthetic learners.  

Bio  

Nick invents for a living.  He loves jumping into new industries where he knows nobody and ignores all the rules.  He creates and markets products to solve problems hidden in plain sight.  

• Business Intelligence/ Venn Diagrams: 2.5 year from 1st line of code to exit to Business Objects (now SAP).    
• Board Game / Gift Exchange: Self-published board-game GiftTRAP. 100k units. 20+ awards. 12+ languages.
• Digital Media / Social List: Co-founder of List.ly - 1m users. A top 5k website based on Alexa rankings.  A platform for collaborative list building. 
• Nick's newest venture is Deckible. Audible for card decks.  Movies, books and songs have all been successfully digitized.   It makes total sense that Card-Decks need a digital marketplace/experience.

Website:  https://www.deckible.com  

Socials:   

https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickkellet
https://www.instagram.com/nickkellet
https://www.instagram.com/deckible.cards  

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Creative spirit inventing games, published successful board game.
03:35 Innovating unique ideas; communicating them effectively.
08:52 Card decks offer actionable insights, unlike books.
11:48 Kinesthetic learners need active engagement and action.
13:40 Deckible: Touch cards, journal, meditate, build habits.
16:30 Embracing Deckible to utilize content-rich ideas.
20:04 Deckible transforms lives, builds an army of fans.
25:26 Collaborating creatively with you is rewarding.
26:41 Masterclass on Deckible announced for November 27th.  

Keywords:    Nick Kellet, Deckible, digital card decks, card deck marketplace, Kindle for card decks, Audible for card decks, card deck creation tools, board game inventor, Gift Trap board game, wellness card decks, spiritual card decks, coaching card decks, personal growth card decks, procrastination solutions, multimedia educational tools, author-reader engagement, transforming lives with card decks, learning styles, shitty first draft, journaling with digital card deck, interactive learning tools  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/62544860Thu, 31 Oct 2024 05:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today's episode, we're diving into the innovative digital frontier with Nick Kellet, the visionary founder of Deckible ‒ a marketplace for digital card decks that's shaking up the way we consume and interact with content. Nick, a seasoned inventor...
We explore the booming market for digital card decks in wellness, spirituality, and coaching spaces. We'll uncover how Deckible is transforming the landscape by offering a platform akin to Kindle or Audible, but for card decks.    From the challenges of digitising intellectual property to leveraging tools like Canva and crowdfunding, Nick shares the journey of launching Deckible and highlights the rising trend of adapting bestselling books into card decks.  

Discover how Deckible stands out by enabling users to sort and prioritise cards for life choices, engage in multimedia learning, and overcome procrastination. Don't miss our discussion on the transformative potential of card decks, the importance of early adoption, and an exciting upcoming masterclass on Deckible. Alongside our first digital deck, “Shitty first draft”.  

Want to ask Nick questions about Deckible and how you can turn your book into a deck? Sign up for our upcoming Deckible masterclass on Wednesday 27 November, 7pm GMT at www.librotas.com/deckiblemasterclass.    And check out all of our events at www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

• Digital Transformation in Personal Growth: Nick introduced Deckible, a pioneering marketplace for digital card decks. This platform offers a new way to deliver content, helping users transition from merely consuming information to actively utilising it.  
• Embrace the "Shitty First Draft" Approach: Nick and Karen discussed the value of rapidly producing and sharing creative work. This iterative approach, similar to the digital updates for decks and books, helps overcome procrastination and perfectionism.  

• Advantages Over Traditional Media: Digital card decks offer a unique value proposition by distilling complex ideas into concise, actionable steps. They provide an interactive learning experience tailored to various learning styles, especially beneficial for kinaesthetic learners.  

Bio  

Nick invents for a living.  He loves jumping into new industries where he knows nobody and ignores all the rules.  He creates and markets products to solve problems hidden in plain sight.  

• Business Intelligence/ Venn Diagrams: 2.5 year from 1st line of code to exit to Business Objects (now SAP).    
• Board Game / Gift Exchange: Self-published board-game GiftTRAP. 100k units. 20+ awards. 12+ languages.
• Digital Media / Social List: Co-founder of List.ly - 1m users. A top 5k website based on Alexa rankings.  A platform for collaborative list building. 
• Nick's newest venture is Deckible. Audible for card decks.  Movies, books and songs have all been successfully digitized.   It makes total sense that Card-Decks need a digital marketplace/experience.

Website:  https://www.deckible.com  

Socials:   

https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickkellet
https://www.instagram.com/nickkellet
1681false312fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
We address common mistakes authors make, like cramming too much content or lacking a clear focus. We also answer listener questions from Michelle, Zoe, Mags, and Gail, covering topics such as organising your book, formulating a satisfying ending, integrating case studies, and refining your writing style.

We'll explore the importance of structuring your book to build credibility and trust, sharing valuable tips like using frameworks, getting reader feedback, and crafting powerful hooks. Additionally, we'll discuss how to effectively incorporate stories and case studies and the significance of having a clear call to action. If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café (we meet on the first Tuesday of each month).

If you are launching a book soon, check out our Book Launch Blueprint workshop on 11 November.  You can find out more about this and our other upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents.  

Key insights   ·       

• Framework for Success: Establish a clear framework for your book to ensure cohesive structure and flow. Creating a blueprint helps you stay organised and makes the content easier for your readers to digest and remember. 
• The Power of Stories: Integrate compelling case studies or personal anecdotes. Stories not only make your book relatable but also demonstrate the practical application of your insights. 
• Engaging Endings: Craft a satisfying ending by summarising key points and offering a clear call to action. Make sure it’s succinct and leaves your readers with a sense of closure and direction.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well. 

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas
https://twitter.com/librotas
https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 
https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas 
https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews  

Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:  

00:00 Common author mistakes: framework, flow, and structure.
04:40 Feedback reshaped clients' book processes before publishing.
09:11 Books need consistent, structured chapters for effectiveness.
13:01 Use "why, what, how, what if" when writing.
15:16 Don't change style based on one feedback.
17:18 Frameworks help focus attention and structure content.
22:08 End with a clear, simple call to action.
24:05 Ensuring clarity and long-term impact over choices.  

Keywords:    book writing, book writing mistakes, book framework, writing flow, book blueprint, writing process, reader engagement, book structure, book authority, planners, pantsers, book writing, organizing a book, case studies and stories in a book, book layout tips, writing style, storytelling, book storytelling, book chapter framework, book hook, reader feedback, neurodiverse readers, tedx tips  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/62465635Thu, 24 Oct 2024 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsFollowing on from episode 10, where we talked about planners and pantsers and creating an overall framework for a book, in this episode Sheryl Andrews and Karen Williams talk about the intricacies of creating a blueprint for your business book,...
We address common mistakes authors make, like cramming too much content or lacking a clear focus. We also answer listener questions from Michelle, Zoe, Mags, and Gail, covering topics such as organising your book, formulating a satisfying ending, integrating case studies, and refining your writing style.

We'll explore the importance of structuring your book to build credibility and trust, sharing valuable tips like using frameworks, getting reader feedback, and crafting powerful hooks. Additionally, we'll discuss how to effectively incorporate stories and case studies and the significance of having a clear call to action. If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café (we meet on the first Tuesday of each month).

If you are launching a book soon, check out our Book Launch Blueprint workshop on 11 November.  You can find out more about this and our other upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents.  

Key insights   ·       

• Framework for Success: Establish a clear framework for your book to ensure cohesive structure and flow. Creating a blueprint helps you stay organised and makes the content easier for your readers to digest and remember. 
• The Power of Stories: Integrate compelling case studies or personal anecdotes. Stories not only make your book relatable but also demonstrate the practical application of your insights. 
• Engaging Endings: Craft a satisfying ending by summarising key points and offering a clear call to action. Make sure it’s succinct and leaves your readers with a sense of closure and direction.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well. 

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas
https://twitter.com/librotas
https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 
https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas 
https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews  

Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic...]]>1528false311fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
In today’s episode, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews dive into the fascinating world of writers, specifically focusing on the two distinct types: planners and pantsers.   

We'll provide insights into the importance of structure, share practical planning strategies, and explore various tech tools that can aid in the writing journey.   

Whether you're a planner or a pantser, this episode is packed with valuable tips to help you navigate the sometimes “messy middle” of writing a book. Plus, we'll touch on the role of AI in the creative process.   

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café (we meet on the first Tuesday of each month). If you are launching a book soon, check out our Book Launch Blueprint workshop on 11 November. 

You can find out more about this and our other upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents.  

Key insights  

• Identify Your Natural Style: Planners create detailed outlines and roadmaps before writing, ensuring they stay on track. Pantsers prefer to write spontaneously, discovering the narrative as they go.    
• Balance for Success: Both planning and pantsing have their merits. A balanced approach can help avoid potential pitfalls ‒ overplanning might lead to procrastination, while pantsing can result in excessive rewrites.  

• Utilise Effective Tools: Explore various tools to enhance your writing process. For planners, tech tools like Miro, Mural, Trello, and Scrivener can be invaluable. For pantsers, a simple outline or bullet points before starting each chapter can work wonders. Embrace AI like ChatGPT for generating ideas and overcoming writer’s block.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas
https://twitter.com/librotas
https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 
https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas 
https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews  

Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:  

00:00 Writing styles balance structure and storytelling preferences.
05:21 Creative process varies: structure helps or hinders.
08:54 Post-it notes aid in effective information recall.
12:35 Helps determine essential content for book clarity.
14:37 Writing a book requires clarity and purpose.
18:29 Writing helps process experiences; stay focused, purposeful.
20:31 Ensure reader understanding by explaining thoroughly.
24:16 Advise: Outline chapters; decide content inclusion.
27:06 Use AI for structuring and generating ideas.  

Keywords:    writers, planners, pantsers, book structure, planning strategies, writing process, writing tech tools, scrivener, storytelling, chapter planning, writing support, book themes, book content organization, therapeutic writing, writing journey, book deadlines, creative book process, writing ideas, book editing, writing tools, writing techniques, writing productivity, book coach, book mentor, book podcast, business podcast, book planning miro, book planning mural  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/62349661Thu, 17 Oct 2024 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsAre you someone who meticulously outlines your book before diving in, or do you prefer to let the words unfold naturally as you write? Understanding your writing style can significantly impact the ease and efficiency of your book-writing process.  ...
In today’s episode, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews dive into the fascinating world of writers, specifically focusing on the two distinct types: planners and pantsers.   

We'll provide insights into the importance of structure, share practical planning strategies, and explore various tech tools that can aid in the writing journey.   

Whether you're a planner or a pantser, this episode is packed with valuable tips to help you navigate the sometimes “messy middle” of writing a book. Plus, we'll touch on the role of AI in the creative process.   

If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café (we meet on the first Tuesday of each month). If you are launching a book soon, check out our Book Launch Blueprint workshop on 11 November. 

You can find out more about this and our other upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents.  

Key insights  

• Identify Your Natural Style: Planners create detailed outlines and roadmaps before writing, ensuring they stay on track. Pantsers prefer to write spontaneously, discovering the narrative as they go.    
• Balance for Success: Both planning and pantsing have their merits. A balanced approach can help avoid potential pitfalls ‒ overplanning might lead to procrastination, while pantsing can result in excessive rewrites.  

• Utilise Effective Tools: Explore various tools to enhance your writing process. For planners, tech tools like Miro, Mural, Trello, and Scrivener can be invaluable. For pantsers, a simple outline or bullet points before starting each chapter can work wonders. Embrace AI like ChatGPT for generating ideas and overcoming writer’s block.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas
https://twitter.com/librotas
https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 
https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas 
https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews  

Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and...]]>1723false310fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
Becky has mastered the art of turning complex ideas into clear and compelling stories. In this episode, Karen Williams chats with Becky about her unconventional journey from medical science to ghostwriting, the valuable lessons she's learned along the way, and the incredible benefits of working with a ghostwriter.  

If you wonder if hiring a ghostwriter is cheating, or you want to learn how a ghostwriter retains the author's unique voice, you’re in for a treat. We cover some essential tips for anyone looking to dive into the world of writing – whether you are writing it yourself, working with a book mentor or contemplating hiring a ghostwriter.   

Becky is a regular attendee at our monthly Coffee and Connect Café networking events. Our next online event is on Tuesday 5 November at 12pm GMT. You can check out all our events and sign up here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

• Bringing Your Ideas to Life: Whether you're struggling to find the time or unsure how to start, a ghostwriter ensures your book not only gets written but captures your unique voice and vision.  

• Flexibility and Adaptability: Becky's journey from medical science to ghostwriting highlights the importance of staying open-minded and adaptable to new opportunities.  

• Effective Collaboration for Success: Discover the benefits of co-writing with an expert, ensuring faster completion, enhanced quality, and a true reflection of your ideas.  

Bio  

Becky Rogers is an accomplished ghostwriter, author, and entrepreneur, who helps aspiring authors turn their ideas into published books.   

With over 12 years of experience writing in highly technical fields like accounting and medical science, Becky has a knack for making complex topics clear and compelling. Driven by her love for research and storytelling, she ensures that each book communicates its message effectively while authentically capturing her clients' distinct voices.  

Becky’s achievements include a published paper in the esteemed medical journal - BMJ Journals - and co-authoring the upcoming book “Beyond You: How to Grow Your Accounting Firm from £50k to £250k.” When she’s not writing, you’ll find Becky outdoors, with her dogs, or drinking one of many cups of tea.  

Website:  https://www.beckyrogers.co.uk   

Socials:    https://www.instagram.com/publishedexperts https://www.linkedin.com/in/beckyrogersbiz   

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 From medical science papers to travel blogging.
06:53 Addressing fears helps expedite and improve writing.
09:18 Live by the "who," not "how," framework.
13:51 Collaboration accelerates strategy, marketing, writing; speeds process.
17:00 Co-writing involves understanding and mirroring speaker's language.
20:49 Planning ahead makes writing easier and productive.
21:52 Interesting point: dopamine cycle drives positive momentum.  

Keywords:    ghostwriter, ghostwriting, book writing, Becky Rogers, Karen Williams, storytelling, published author, BMJ journals, co-authoring, blog writing, content business, writing journey, book coach, newsletter content, social media content, technical writing, book publishing, clear storytelling, complex topics, business writing, ghostwriting process, author voice, voice matching, writing tips, content strategy, book launch, book mentor, hiring a ghostwriter  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/62283192Thu, 10 Oct 2024 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsToday we have a fascinating conversation lined up with Becky Rogers, a talented ghostwriter, author, and entrepreneur.    Becky has mastered the art of turning complex ideas into clear and compelling stories. In this episode, Karen Williams chats...
Becky has mastered the art of turning complex ideas into clear and compelling stories. In this episode, Karen Williams chats with Becky about her unconventional journey from medical science to ghostwriting, the valuable lessons she's learned along the way, and the incredible benefits of working with a ghostwriter.  

If you wonder if hiring a ghostwriter is cheating, or you want to learn how a ghostwriter retains the author's unique voice, you’re in for a treat. We cover some essential tips for anyone looking to dive into the world of writing – whether you are writing it yourself, working with a book mentor or contemplating hiring a ghostwriter.   

Becky is a regular attendee at our monthly Coffee and Connect Café networking events. Our next online event is on Tuesday 5 November at 12pm GMT. You can check out all our events and sign up here: www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

Key Takeaways  

• Bringing Your Ideas to Life: Whether you're struggling to find the time or unsure how to start, a ghostwriter ensures your book not only gets written but captures your unique voice and vision.  

• Flexibility and Adaptability: Becky's journey from medical science to ghostwriting highlights the importance of staying open-minded and adaptable to new opportunities.  

• Effective Collaboration for Success: Discover the benefits of co-writing with an expert, ensuring faster completion, enhanced quality, and a true reflection of your ideas.  

Bio  

Becky Rogers is an accomplished ghostwriter, author, and entrepreneur, who helps aspiring authors turn their ideas into published books.   

With over 12 years of experience writing in highly technical fields like accounting and medical science, Becky has a knack for making complex topics clear and compelling. Driven by her love for research and storytelling, she ensures that each book communicates its message effectively while authentically capturing her clients' distinct voices.  

Becky’s achievements include a published paper in the esteemed medical journal - BMJ Journals - and co-authoring the upcoming book “Beyond You: How to Grow Your Accounting Firm from £50k to £250k.” When she’s not writing, you’ll find Becky outdoors, with her dogs, or drinking one of many cups of tea.  

Website:  https://www.beckyrogers.co.uk   

Socials:    https://www.instagram.com/publishedexperts https://www.linkedin.com/in/beckyrogersbiz   

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 From medical science papers to travel blogging.
06:53 Addressing fears helps expedite and improve writing.
09:18 Live by the "who," not "how," framework.
13:51 Collaboration accelerates strategy, marketing, writing; speeds process.
17:00 Co-writing involves understanding and mirroring speaker's language.
20:49 Planning ahead makes writing easier and productive.
21:52 Interesting point: dopamine cycle drives positive momentum.  

Keywords:    ghostwriter, ghostwriting, book writing, Becky Rogers, Karen Williams, storytelling, published author, BMJ journals, co-authoring, blog writing, content business, writing journey, book coach, newsletter content, social media content, technical...]]>1379false39fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
In this episode, you'll hear about Della’s collaborative effort with her daughter to create a student-friendly adaptation, the courage required to share unique perspectives, and the importance of turning your ideas into written words.   We'll dive into the meticulous research and structured approach that helped her craft her book, ‘Get the Job You Really Want, in a Post Pandemic World’, and how it became a vital resource during a time of significant change.   

She discusses the shifts in work-life balance emerging from the pandemic, and the ongoing challenges with stress and burnout in the workplace. Della also reveals valuable strategies for maintaining accountability and discipline throughout the writing process, alongside her very successful book crowdfunding campaign.  

We explore her exciting new ventures, including publishing her grandfather's World War II diaries, and how these projects continue a rich family tradition of writing. Whether you're an aspiring author or looking to glean insights on business and personal growth, this episode is packed with actionable advice and heartwarming stories.   

And, if you’d like help with your book, like Della, then check out our upcoming events at www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

• Our next free online Coffee and Connect Café networking event is on Tuesday 5 November at 12pm BST and we are also running an online Book

• Launch Blueprint workshop on Monday 11 November – perfect if you want to learn how to become an Amazon bestseller.  

3 Key Takeaways:  

Be Brave and Share Your Unique Story: Della emphasized the importance of recognizing the value of your personal experiences. She encourages budding authors to start by jotting down ideas and trusting in the uniqueness of their perspective.  

Embrace Accountability and Deadlines: Della shared that setting strict deadlines and having an accountability partner or support group can significantly boost productivity and maintain momentum in writing projects.  

Balancing Research and Personal Insight: Her approach involves merging detailed research with personal anecdotes and case studies, providing a comprehensive and relatable narrative. This balance ensures credibility while keeping the content engaging.


Bio:   

Della Judd is a writer, podcaster and executive coach. She has always been interested in writing - it runs in the family. As well as publishing a business book, she is now working on writing a military history and publishing her grandfather’s second world war diaries.  

Website:  www.dellajudd.co.uk www.synjonbooks.co.uk  

Socials:    

 www.facebook.com/mygrandadsWW2diary

www.linkedin.com/in/della-judd-career-coach

www.linkedin.com/company/synjon-books  

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Writer turned coach, then shared more widely.
03:47 Post-pandemic stress prompts re-evaluation of life priorities.
07:54 Research, interviews, case studies for book content.
12:29 Balancing coaching and writing proved challenging; scheduled mornings.
15:05 Accountability and realistic timelines helped my publishing process.
17:53 Created giant business card, gained private clients.
21:22 Family history enthusiasts publish multiple historical books.
25:51 Transcribing grandmother's story; daughter pursuing creative writing.
28:12 Being brave: Unique perspectives add value.  

Keywords:    business book transformation, career coaching book, Della Judd, synjonbooks.co.uk, WWII diaries book structure organization, writing deadlines, writing productivity tips, executive coaching, post-pandemic career coaching, career change workbook, workplace stress, employee lifestyle changes, writing validation, research-backed writing, crowdfunding campaign success, family writing legacy, book podcast, writing journey, career coaching, business books, book crowdfunder  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/62178624Thu, 03 Oct 2024 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsToday Karen is chatting with Della Judd. Della, an accomplished author, podcaster, and executive coach, who shares her journey of transforming a career coaching book into a deeply impactful writing project.    In this episode, you'll hear about...
In this episode, you'll hear about Della’s collaborative effort with her daughter to create a student-friendly adaptation, the courage required to share unique perspectives, and the importance of turning your ideas into written words.   We'll dive into the meticulous research and structured approach that helped her craft her book, ‘Get the Job You Really Want, in a Post Pandemic World’, and how it became a vital resource during a time of significant change.   

She discusses the shifts in work-life balance emerging from the pandemic, and the ongoing challenges with stress and burnout in the workplace. Della also reveals valuable strategies for maintaining accountability and discipline throughout the writing process, alongside her very successful book crowdfunding campaign.  

We explore her exciting new ventures, including publishing her grandfather's World War II diaries, and how these projects continue a rich family tradition of writing. Whether you're an aspiring author or looking to glean insights on business and personal growth, this episode is packed with actionable advice and heartwarming stories.   

And, if you’d like help with your book, like Della, then check out our upcoming events at www.librotas.com/librotasevents.   

• Our next free online Coffee and Connect Café networking event is on Tuesday 5 November at 12pm BST and we are also running an online Book

• Launch Blueprint workshop on Monday 11 November – perfect if you want to learn how to become an Amazon bestseller.  

3 Key Takeaways:  

Be Brave and Share Your Unique Story: Della emphasized the importance of recognizing the value of your personal experiences. She encourages budding authors to start by jotting down ideas and trusting in the uniqueness of their perspective.  

Embrace Accountability and Deadlines: Della shared that setting strict deadlines and having an accountability partner or support group can significantly boost productivity and maintain momentum in writing projects.  

Balancing Research and Personal Insight: Her approach involves merging detailed research with personal anecdotes and case studies, providing a comprehensive and relatable narrative. This balance ensures credibility while keeping the content engaging.


Bio:   

Della Judd is a writer, podcaster and executive coach. She has always been interested in writing - it runs in the family. As well as publishing a business book, she is now working on writing a military history and publishing her grandfather’s second world war diaries.  

Website:  www.dellajudd.co.uk www.synjonbooks.co.uk  

Socials:    

 www.facebook.com/mygrandadsWW2diary

www.linkedin.com/in/della-judd-career-coach

www.linkedin.com/company/synjon-books  

Time stamped overview:  

00:00 Writer turned coach, then shared more widely.
03:47 Post-pandemic...]]>1799false38fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
We explore the importance of understanding the "why" behind your actions and how that clarity can drive common goals, whether it's for financial profit, helping others, or publishing a groundbreaking book.    And we discuss the importance of having a robust support network and the significance of systematisation to make content memorable and processes efficient. Books not only disseminate knowledge but also build a self-sustaining marketing ecosystem, enhancing your brand and legacy over time.  

For anyone looking to leverage their book for long-term success and build a sustainable ecosystem around it, today's episode is a treasure trove of practical tips and inspirational stories.    We mention Karen’s interview with John Lamerton in series two, which you can find via our podcast page: www.librotas.com/podcast.   

You can check out Book Marketing Made Simple, the second edition of which was launched a year ago this week here.    If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café. You can find out more about this and our other upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents.  

Key insights  

Ecosystem Leverage: A book should serve as a central hub, radiating out into various facets of your business ‒ webinars, courses, talks, membership, retreats and more. This holistic approach ensures your message reaches a broader audience effectively.  

Collaboration is Crucial: Writing a book isn't a solitary endeavour. Leveraging a supportive network, seeking feedback, and delegating tasks can transform the writing process and enhance the final output.  

Evergreen Content: Your book and the derivative content from it (such as top tips or courses) can offer lasting value, continuously reaching new audiences without constant direct involvement.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas
https://twitter.com/librotas
https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 
https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas 
https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   

Bio – Sheryl Andrews  

Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   

Time-stamped overview:  

00:00 Using a book aligns and enhances client engagements.
06:00 Book forms business ecosystem, supported by interconnected content.
09:15 Reconnecting curiosity, marketing clarity, outsourcing, creating effective ecosystems.
11:58 Evergreen content aids continuous outreach and influence.
17:44 Book writing clarifies big picture and details.
18:54 Illustrating ideas with infographics enhances comprehension.
25:20 Book writing clarifies strengths and fosters effective communication.
29:21 Delegate, collaborate, plan for success and failures.
31:15 Clarity, goals, delegation, support, confidence, change, resources.
34:06 Take action, one step at a time.  

Keywords:    writing books, book leveraging, book ecosystem, content creation, book marketing, book scalability, stop trading time for money, business tech tools, business outsourcing, book mentor, personal brand, evergreen content, book publishing, business systematization, book strategic planning, authority book, writing a business book  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/62089373Thu, 26 Sep 2024 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today's episode, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews unpack how books can serve as central hubs in business ecosystems, streamlining communication, saving time, and extending their value across various platforms like courses, webinars, and podcasts....
We explore the importance of understanding the "why" behind your actions and how that clarity can drive common goals, whether it's for financial profit, helping others, or publishing a groundbreaking book.    And we discuss the importance of having a robust support network and the significance of systematisation to make content memorable and processes efficient. Books not only disseminate knowledge but also build a self-sustaining marketing ecosystem, enhancing your brand and legacy over time.  

For anyone looking to leverage their book for long-term success and build a sustainable ecosystem around it, today's episode is a treasure trove of practical tips and inspirational stories.    We mention Karen’s interview with John Lamerton in series two, which you can find via our podcast page: www.librotas.com/podcast.   

You can check out Book Marketing Made Simple, the second edition of which was launched a year ago this week here.    If you’d like to find out more about how we can support you with your book, come along to one of our free monthly networking events, the Coffee and Connect Café. You can find out more about this and our other upcoming events at https://www.librotas.com/librotasevents.  

Key insights  

Ecosystem Leverage: A book should serve as a central hub, radiating out into various facets of your business ‒ webinars, courses, talks, membership, retreats and more. This holistic approach ensures your message reaches a broader audience effectively.  

Collaboration is Crucial: Writing a book isn't a solitary endeavour. Leveraging a supportive network, seeking feedback, and delegating tasks can transform the writing process and enhance the final output.  

Evergreen Content: Your book and the derivative content from it (such as top tips or courses) can offer lasting value, continuously reaching new audiences without constant direct involvement.  

Bio – Karen Williams  

Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com   

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas
https://twitter.com/librotas
https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ 
37fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
If you are fed up with putting your book off, then you’ll love today’s episode. Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews dive into one of the most crucial steps in writing a business book: finding and validating your book idea.  

From discussing how to test commercial viability to aligning your passion with market demand, we cover actionable insights tailored to help you find your book’s sweet spot.  

We explore the importance of getting feedback, adapting to trends, and ensuring your book idea resonates with your target audience. We'll also discuss common pitfalls and proactive strategies to keep your motivation high and your content relevant.  

Whether you're brainstorming your book idea, refining your concept, or dealing with writer's block, get ready for a conversation that could very well be the turning point in your book-writing journey.  

In this episode, we talk about the Business Book Planner, which you can purchase via Amazon.  

You can find out more about our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents.  

Key insights  

●        Start with the End in Mind: Understand the ultimate vision for your book, both for you and your readers. This helps in aligning your book idea with your business goals and ensuring you’re writing about something that excites you and resonates with your audience.  
●        Test for Commercial Viability: Use surveys, polls, interviews, and client conversations to ensure your book idea meets market demand. Sharing snippets early on can provide invaluable feedback and assist in refining your concept.  
●        Focus on Your Ideal Reader: Get clear on who they are, what they need, and how they consume information. This will guide the tone, style, and content of your book, making it both engaging and actionable.  

Bio – Karen Williams   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities.

Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com  

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas

https://twitter.com/librotas

https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/

https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas

https://www.youtube.com/@librotas  

Bio – Sheryl Andrews   Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016 and she is currently writing her second.  

Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com  

Time-stamped overview:  

00:00 Book and audience alignment drives writing motivation
05:10 Start with the end in mind writing
07:54 Books must be niche for commercial success
11:20 Post-COVID trends: remote work, leadership, career, AI tech
16:12 Fear of unknown and audience expectations in writing
20:19 Get unbiased feedback from unfamiliar peers
24:22 Transforming flowery storytelling into concise books: essential
26:50 Understand your reader to create impactful content  

Keywords:   writing a book, book idea, business authors, target market, book brainstorming, book concept, book motivation, book research, book feedback, book commercial success, business book planner, business goals, ideal client, book proposal, book marketing, book positioning, book trends, AI tech books, neurodiversity books, book synopsis, book pitch, book target audience]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/62001961Thu, 19 Sep 2024 04:00:02 +0000Karen Williamsave you ever wondered how to find the perfect idea for your book? Especially when you’re likely to have decades of experience and hundreds of interesting stories. It's one of the challenges that stops many business authors from getting started. It...
If you are fed up with putting your book off, then you’ll love today’s episode. Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews dive into one of the most crucial steps in writing a business book: finding and validating your book idea.  

From discussing how to test commercial viability to aligning your passion with market demand, we cover actionable insights tailored to help you find your book’s sweet spot.  

We explore the importance of getting feedback, adapting to trends, and ensuring your book idea resonates with your target audience. We'll also discuss common pitfalls and proactive strategies to keep your motivation high and your content relevant.  

Whether you're brainstorming your book idea, refining your concept, or dealing with writer's block, get ready for a conversation that could very well be the turning point in your book-writing journey.  

In this episode, we talk about the Business Book Planner, which you can purchase via Amazon.  

You can find out more about our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents.  

Key insights  

●        Start with the End in Mind: Understand the ultimate vision for your book, both for you and your readers. This helps in aligning your book idea with your business goals and ensuring you’re writing about something that excites you and resonates with your audience.  
●        Test for Commercial Viability: Use surveys, polls, interviews, and client conversations to ensure your book idea meets market demand. Sharing snippets early on can provide invaluable feedback and assist in refining your concept.  
●        Focus on Your Ideal Reader: Get clear on who they are, what they need, and how they consume information. This will guide the tone, style, and content of your book, making it both engaging and actionable.  

Bio – Karen Williams   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   

With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities.

Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books and a TEDx speaker.  

Website: https://librotas.com  

Socials:   

https://www.facebook.com/librotas

https://twitter.com/librotas

https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/

https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas

1772false36fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
In this episode, Rachel takes us on a journey through the hidden workplace problems that inspired her book and shares a powerful six-step model to improve company cultures. We'll hear about her unique writing process, an insight into how our writing retreat in Spain helped her, and how her book has become an invaluable tool for her HR consulting business.

Rachel also shares her disciplined approach to writing, the importance of seeking support and coaching, and how strategic book distribution has attracted valuable business opportunities despite not focusing on book sales. 

Be inspired by Rachel's passion for creating healthier workplace environments and hear a sneak peek of her upcoming second book that delves into the difference between managers and leaders. 

And, if you’d like help with your book, like Rachel, then check out our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents. Or get in touch via email at karen@librotas.com. 
Our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event is on Tuesday 1 October at 12pm BST.

Bio: 

Rachel Bennett is an expert in HR, culture, and transformation, and she’s passionate about helping people be their best selves at work. In her newly published book, Rachel shares her transformative journey and how she came to coin the term "shadow cultures" to describe the hidden problems that can wreak havoc in workplaces. 

Through her extensive experience, Rachel identified these shadow cultures as key workplace issues and developed a six-step model to improve company cultures, one step at a time. Rachel’s mission is to provide organisations with the tools they need to create healthier, more productive workplace environments.

Website:  https://hr-fusion.co.uk 
Socials:  https://www.linkedin.com/in/racheljbennett 

Time stamped overview:

00:00 Research led to starting a book and business.
04:23 Overcoming impostor syndrome and finding purpose.
07:48 Being a role model, not about sales.
10:49 Enthusiastically followed course, gained confidence, joined book retreat.
14:52 Structured approach helped overcome writing challenges effectively.
19:25 LinkedIn success boosted confidence and brought business.
20:50 Learning to own and communicate, manager vs leader.
26:46 Use "read out loud" tool when writing.
28:49 Overcame fear, sought admiration, received great support.


Discussion questions:

1. How can immersive writing retreats contribute to the creative process and development of a book like "Shadow Cultures"?
2. What are the impacts of identifying and addressing hidden workplace problems, or "shadow cultures," on organizational health?
3. What benefits and challenges might businesses face when implementing Rachel's six-step model for improving company culture?
4. How has Rachel used her book as a business-building tool, and what unique advantages does this provide for entrepreneurs?
5. In what ways can writing serve both personal growth and professional development for authors like Rachel?
6. What are the pros and cons of Rachel’s strategic distribution of her book to attract clients over focusing on book sales?
7. Why is understanding the distinction between managers and leaders crucial for improving company cultures?
8. How can publishing a book open up new growth opportunities and business ventures for authors?
9. What techniques can help aspiring writers overcome procrastination and maintain productivity?
10. How can early marketing and feedback from influential people shape the success of a book?

Keywords: 

Rachel Bennett, Shadow Cultures, writing retreat Spain, hidden workplace problems, company cultures, HR culture, business consulting, organizational culture, Rachel Bennett author, www.hrfusion.co.uk, LinkedIn Rachel Bennett, book publishing, book coaching, book writing challenges, managers vs leaders, strategic book distribution, niche writing, writing process]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/61293619Thu, 12 Sep 2024 04:40:02 +0000Karen WilliamsToday we have a special guest, Rachel Bennett, author of ‘Shadow Cultures’.  In this episode, Rachel takes us on a journey through the hidden workplace problems that inspired her book and shares a powerful six-step model to improve company cultures....
In this episode, Rachel takes us on a journey through the hidden workplace problems that inspired her book and shares a powerful six-step model to improve company cultures. We'll hear about her unique writing process, an insight into how our writing retreat in Spain helped her, and how her book has become an invaluable tool for her HR consulting business.

Rachel also shares her disciplined approach to writing, the importance of seeking support and coaching, and how strategic book distribution has attracted valuable business opportunities despite not focusing on book sales. 

Be inspired by Rachel's passion for creating healthier workplace environments and hear a sneak peek of her upcoming second book that delves into the difference between managers and leaders. 

And, if you’d like help with your book, like Rachel, then check out our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents. Or get in touch via email at karen@librotas.com. 
Our next Coffee and Connect Café networking event is on Tuesday 1 October at 12pm BST.

Bio: 

Rachel Bennett is an expert in HR, culture, and transformation, and she’s passionate about helping people be their best selves at work. In her newly published book, Rachel shares her transformative journey and how she came to coin the term "shadow cultures" to describe the hidden problems that can wreak havoc in workplaces. 

Through her extensive experience, Rachel identified these shadow cultures as key workplace issues and developed a six-step model to improve company cultures, one step at a time. Rachel’s mission is to provide organisations with the tools they need to create healthier, more productive workplace environments.

Website:  https://hr-fusion.co.uk 
Socials:  https://www.linkedin.com/in/racheljbennett 

Time stamped overview:

00:00 Research led to starting a book and business.
04:23 Overcoming impostor syndrome and finding purpose.
07:48 Being a role model, not about sales.
10:49 Enthusiastically followed course, gained confidence, joined book retreat.
14:52 Structured approach helped overcome writing challenges effectively.
19:25 LinkedIn success boosted confidence and brought business.
20:50 Learning to own and communicate, manager vs leader.
26:46 Use "read out loud" tool when writing.
28:49 Overcame fear, sought admiration, received great support.


Discussion questions:

1. How can immersive writing retreats contribute to the creative process and development of a book like "Shadow Cultures"?
2. What are the impacts of identifying and addressing hidden workplace problems, or "shadow cultures," on organizational health?
3. What benefits and challenges might businesses face when implementing Rachel's six-step model for improving company culture?
4. How has Rachel used her book as a business-building tool, and what unique advantages does this provide for entrepreneurs?
5. In what ways can writing serve both personal growth and professional development for authors like Rachel?
6. What are the pros and cons of Rachel’s strategic distribution of her book to attract clients over focusing on book sales?
7. Why is understanding the distinction between managers and leaders crucial for improving company cultures?
8. How can publishing a book open up new growth opportunities and business ventures for authors?
9. What...]]>1861false35fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
   In our conversation, Yvonne opens up about her 20-year journey to writing her first book, the struggles she faced in building interpersonal relationships at work, and the unexpected discoveries that unfolded during her book writing process. 
   
   From rebranding her business mid-book to uncovering hidden confidence, Yvonne shares how her book has transformed her approach to business, earned her valuable feedback from readers, and even opened doors to new opportunities. 
   
   Whether you are a leader looking to improve team dynamics or someone contemplating writing your own book, this episode is filled with valuable insights and practical tips to help you on your journey. 
   
   If you’d like help with your book, then check out our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents. 
   
   This includes our free online Coffee and Connect Café networking event on the first Tuesday of the month, and our next Book Breakthrough workshop is on Monday 16 September. 
   
   Bio: 
   
   Yvonne Guérineau is a personal growth enthusiast inside and outside of work and she loves a deep and meaningful conversation. Her speciality is observing and helping others resolve the challenges that arise when working relationships aren’t at their very best. She believes in digging deep, connecting the dots and getting right to the heart of things. She also loves baking, wearing barefoot shoes and having a dip in the sea!
   
   Website:  https://goldencatalyst.co.uk
   
   Socials:  
   
   https://www.linkedin.com/in/yvonneguerineau
   
   https://www.instagram.com/yviisme 
   
   Time stamped overview:
   
   00:00 Writing book fulfilled long-standing bucket list goal.
   06:20 Timing was perfect, boosted confidence, excellent experience.
   07:20 Self-discovery through writing reveals core principles.
   11:05 Finding time to write book becomes priority.
   14:15 Unanticipated interest prompts business growth and change.
   17:35 Increasing one-on-one work, seeking feedback.
   21:08 Start writing now, despite uncertainties and doubts.
   
   Discussion questions:
   
   1. What might be some key motivations for writing a book, especially for a business professional?
   2. How did Yvonne's vulnerability in sharing her personal journey impact the effectiveness and relatability of her book?
   3. What might be some benefits of encountering unexpected elements in a creative process?
   4. How did the process of writing her book lead Yvonne to rebrand her business, and how important is brand alignment in business success?
   5. Why is it significant for an author or a coach to find their unique voice, and how might this process be beneficial outside of writing?
   6. What strategies can busy professionals employ to find time for large projects?
   7. How can engaging in a creative project transform one’s self-perception and confidence?
   8. How did feedback from readers shape Yvonne's perception of her book’s impact and future business direction?
   9. Why might iterative processes and revisions be crucial in creative tasks?
   10. What are effective ways authors can integrate their books into their business strategy to enhance their credibility, reach, and business opportunities?
   Keywords:
   personal growth, rewarding working relationships, happiness at work, success at work, business leaders, team performance, relationship building, book publishing journey, book writing process, writing a first book, vulnerability in writing, therapeutic writing, finding voice in writing, rebranding process, branding for authors, leadership development, leadership training, author public speaking, Yvonne guerineau, people in their element]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/61209575Thu, 05 Sep 2024 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, I am joined by Yvonne Guérineau, the inspiring author of People in Their Element. Yvonne is a passionate personal growth advocate who believes that positive working relationships are crucial to happiness, well-being, and success in the...
   In our conversation, Yvonne opens up about her 20-year journey to writing her first book, the struggles she faced in building interpersonal relationships at work, and the unexpected discoveries that unfolded during her book writing process. 
   
   From rebranding her business mid-book to uncovering hidden confidence, Yvonne shares how her book has transformed her approach to business, earned her valuable feedback from readers, and even opened doors to new opportunities. 
   
   Whether you are a leader looking to improve team dynamics or someone contemplating writing your own book, this episode is filled with valuable insights and practical tips to help you on your journey. 
   
   If you’d like help with your book, then check out our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents. 
   
   This includes our free online Coffee and Connect Café networking event on the first Tuesday of the month, and our next Book Breakthrough workshop is on Monday 16 September. 
   
   Bio: 
   
   Yvonne Guérineau is a personal growth enthusiast inside and outside of work and she loves a deep and meaningful conversation. Her speciality is observing and helping others resolve the challenges that arise when working relationships aren’t at their very best. She believes in digging deep, connecting the dots and getting right to the heart of things. She also loves baking, wearing barefoot shoes and having a dip in the sea!
   
   Website:  https://goldencatalyst.co.uk
   
   Socials:  
   
   https://www.linkedin.com/in/yvonneguerineau
   
   https://www.instagram.com/yviisme 
   
   Time stamped overview:
   
   00:00 Writing book fulfilled long-standing bucket list goal.
   06:20 Timing was perfect, boosted confidence, excellent experience.
   07:20 Self-discovery through writing reveals core principles.
   11:05 Finding time to write book becomes priority.
   14:15 Unanticipated interest prompts business growth and change.
   17:35 Increasing one-on-one work, seeking feedback.
   21:08 Start writing now, despite uncertainties and doubts.
   
   Discussion questions:
   
   1. What might be some key motivations for writing a book, especially for a business professional?
   2. How did Yvonne's vulnerability in sharing her personal journey impact the effectiveness and relatability of her book?
   3. What might be some benefits of encountering unexpected elements in a creative process?
   4. How did the process of writing her book lead Yvonne to rebrand her business, and how important is brand alignment in business success?
   5. Why is it significant for an author or a coach to find their unique voice, and how might this process be beneficial outside of writing?
   6. What strategies can busy professionals employ to find time for large projects?
   7. How can engaging in a creative project transform one’s self-perception and confidence?
   8. How did feedback from readers shape Yvonne's perception of her book’s impact and future business direction?
   9. Why might iterative processes and revisions be crucial in creative tasks?
   10. What are effective ways authors can integrate their books into their business strategy to enhance their credibility, reach, and business...]]>1461false34fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
       Sheryl candidly talked about her own journey of writing her first book and the breakthroughs she experienced at writing retreats - learning to set boundaries, manage her time, and put her own needs first in order to write at her best. Karen highlighted how working with a book mentor or writing coach can uncover the invisible parts of what you instinctively know and do.
       
       Together, they emphasised how getting feedback during the writing process, while scary, ultimately makes you braver and helps you make a bigger impact. Writing slows things down so you can analyse, process emotions, and gain self-acceptance. 
       
       Coming up soon is our Book Breakthrough event on Monday 16 September at 2pm – more information can be found at https://librotas.com/bookbreakthrough.  
       
       You can check out our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents/ or get in touch via karen@librotas.com.   
       
       Key insights
       
       
       
       
       • Writing a book requires you to commit to yourself, set boundaries, and communicate your needs to others to create the optimal conditions for writing.
       • The book writing process helps make your invisible expertise visible. You start to recognise the value of what you know and can see it in black and white. This boosts confidence in your own wisdom and knowledge.
       • Writing about personal experiences, even in a how-to book, can be cathartic. Book mentors and editors provide objective feedback to help you determine what to include. The writing process allows you to honour your story while gaining perspective on lessons learned.
        Bio – Karen Williams:
       
       Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   
       
       With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.  
       
       Website: https://librotas.com   
       
       Socials:    https://www.facebook.com/librotas https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/  https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas  https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   
       
       Bio – Sheryl Andrews   Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016.  
       
       Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com   
       
       Time stamped overview:  
       
       00:00 Struggles with work-life balance and writing commitment.
       04:58 Personal growth through self-discovery and feedback.
       07:14 Feedback from blogs shaped and improved book.
       11:57 Finding voice, clients' progress, and social media.
       14:34 Writing process helped understand, heal, and teach.
       19:37 Get feedback, release unnecessary parts, gain closure.
       20:43 Writing process-driven book leads to personal growth.  
       
       Discussion questions:   
       
       
       
       
       1. What unexpected personal growth or self-discovery did Sheryl experience during her writing retreat? How did this impact her ability to write her book?
       2. Why is it important for authors to learn how to set boundaries and communicate their needs to others during the writing process?
       3. How can receiving feedback while writing a book help authors gain confidence and make a deeper impact on their readers?
       4. In what ways can working with a coach or mentor help authors uncover their expertise and find their voice?
       5. How did Karen's client's writing voice evolve over the course of writing her book? What factors may contribute to an author's voice changing over time?
       6. What is the difference between writing from a "healed scar" versus an "open wound," and why is this distinction important for authors exploring personal experiences?
       7. How can the process of writing about traumatic experiences be cathartic for authors, and what strategies can they use to navigate the emotional challenges?
       8. In what ways can writing a book lead to personal growth, even for authors who are not writing memoir-style or personal stories?
       9. How can gathering evidence and deepening knowledge while writing a "how-to" book contribute to an author's confidence and understanding of their own expertise?
       10. Why is it important for authors to have a clear vision for their book and its impact on their business, and how can this vision serve as an anchor for decision-making throughout the writing and publishing process?  
       
       Keywords:    Book writing journey, Writing retreat, Self-discovery, Time management, Finding voice, Writing impact, Book editing process, Book self-validation, Healed scar and open wounds, Evidence-based writing, Book vision, writing a book, author’s journey, writing process to heal, writing a memoir book, book mentor, writing coach  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/61146054Thu, 29 Aug 2024 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this episode, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews explore the unexpected discoveries authors often make during the book writing journey.  Writing a book can lead to tremendous personal growth. The writing process forces you to dig deep, heal old...
       Sheryl candidly talked about her own journey of writing her first book and the breakthroughs she experienced at writing retreats - learning to set boundaries, manage her time, and put her own needs first in order to write at her best. Karen highlighted how working with a book mentor or writing coach can uncover the invisible parts of what you instinctively know and do.
       
       Together, they emphasised how getting feedback during the writing process, while scary, ultimately makes you braver and helps you make a bigger impact. Writing slows things down so you can analyse, process emotions, and gain self-acceptance. 
       
       Coming up soon is our Book Breakthrough event on Monday 16 September at 2pm – more information can be found at https://librotas.com/bookbreakthrough.  
       
       You can check out our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents/ or get in touch via karen@librotas.com.   
       
       Key insights
       
       
       
       
       • Writing a book requires you to commit to yourself, set boundaries, and communicate your needs to others to create the optimal conditions for writing.
       • The book writing process helps make your invisible expertise visible. You start to recognise the value of what you know and can see it in black and white. This boosts confidence in your own wisdom and knowledge.
       • Writing about personal experiences, even in a how-to book, can be cathartic. Book mentors and editors provide objective feedback to help you determine what to include. The writing process allows you to honour your story while gaining perspective on lessons learned.
        Bio – Karen Williams:
       
       Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   
       
       With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.  
       
       Website: https://librotas.com   
       
       Socials:    https://www.facebook.com/librotas https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/  https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas  https://www.youtube.com/@librotas   
       
       Bio – Sheryl Andrews   Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t....]]>1486false33fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
       You'll hear insightful stories about how a book can act as a tangible business card, leading to referrals and deeper trust with your audience. They'll also discuss how to handle negative reviews with resilience, and the joy of receiving positive feedback. Plus, discover how repurposing book content for marketing and training can be a game changer.  
       
       If you want help with your business-building book, do get in touch or check out our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents.  
       
       Key insights  
       
       Building Connections and Partnerships: Writing a book opens doors to creating valuable connections with experts and contributors, which can lead to incredible business growth and expansion.  
       
       Unexpected Outcomes and Self-Discovery: The process of writing a book brings unforeseen benefits, from reaching more people to self-reflection and discovering new goals. Having your wisdom documented can guide you through tough times and even transform your business model.  
       
       Tangible Marketing and Resilience: A published book isn't just a piece of content but a powerful marketing tool. It creates trust with readers, spurs conversations, and can be repurposed for various marketing efforts.  
       
       Bio – Karen Williams:  
       
       Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   
       
       With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.  
       
       Website: https://librotas.com  
       
       Socials:   
       
       https://www.facebook.com/librotas
       
       https://twitter.com/librotas
       
       https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/
       
       https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas https://www.youtube.com/@librotas  
       
       Bio – Sheryl Andrews  
       
       Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016.  
       
       Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com  
       
       Time-stamped overview:  
       
       00:00 Self-discovery and efficiency lead to unexpected opportunities.
       06:04 Pivoting business, creating seven-day program, providing motivation.
       08:27 Book helps in referrals, reaching global clients.
       12:59 Understanding the personal story before the process.
       15:04 Recognize positive feedback and radiate self-confidence.
       18:30 Delegate tasks, particularly in marketing and training.
       20:48 Unexpected benefit of giving advice to others.
       26:03 Understanding self, setting goals, and overcoming fears.
       27:49 Benefits of writing include connections and expertise.  
       
       Discussion questions:  
       
       1. What are some of the most surprising benefits Sheryl Andrews and Karen Williams discovered after publishing their books? 
       2.  How can writing a book create new connections and partnerships, and why is this significant for business growth?
       3. What are the unexpected outcomes and changes that writing a book might bring to a business, and how can one prepare for them?
       4. In what ways does the tangible nature of a book help in generating conversations and referrals, according to the hosts? 
       5. How does receiving and managing negative reviews play a role in an author's journey, and what strategies do Sheryl and Karen suggest for resilience?
       6. What impact does sharing one's personal story in a book have on the reader-author relationship, specifically in terms of trust and confidence?
       7. How have Sheryl and Karen repurposed the content from their books for other uses such as marketing, programs, or events?
       8. Can you share examples from the episode on how publishing a book led to increased business opportunities or revenues for clients and interviewees?
       9. Why do Sheryl and Karen stress the importance of continuous marketing for a book, even years after its publication? 
       10. What are some of the ways that documenting one's process in a book can aid in delegating work and improving overall business management?  
       
       Keywords:   Book writing benefits, business growth, expert connections, clear vision for writing, writing goals, reaching wider audience, creating connections, book conversations, book referrals, author-reader connection, dealing with negative book reviews, resilience in writing, book mentoring clients, TEDx talk impact, increased business revenue, book marketing, repurposing book content, event marketing, book coaching, librotas
       ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/60986087Thu, 22 Aug 2024 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsEver wondered about the hidden benefits and unexpected outcomes of becoming an author?   In this week's episode, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews delve into the transformative power of writing and publishing a book. From forging new business...
       You'll hear insightful stories about how a book can act as a tangible business card, leading to referrals and deeper trust with your audience. They'll also discuss how to handle negative reviews with resilience, and the joy of receiving positive feedback. Plus, discover how repurposing book content for marketing and training can be a game changer.  
       
       If you want help with your business-building book, do get in touch or check out our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents.  
       
       Key insights  
       
       Building Connections and Partnerships: Writing a book opens doors to creating valuable connections with experts and contributors, which can lead to incredible business growth and expansion.  
       
       Unexpected Outcomes and Self-Discovery: The process of writing a book brings unforeseen benefits, from reaching more people to self-reflection and discovering new goals. Having your wisdom documented can guide you through tough times and even transform your business model.  
       
       Tangible Marketing and Resilience: A published book isn't just a piece of content but a powerful marketing tool. It creates trust with readers, spurs conversations, and can be repurposed for various marketing efforts.  
       
       Bio – Karen Williams:  
       
       Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   
       
       With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.  
       
       Website: https://librotas.com  
       
       Socials:   
       
       https://www.facebook.com/librotas
       
       https://twitter.com/librotas
       
       https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/
       
       https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas https://www.youtube.com/@librotas  
       
       Bio – Sheryl Andrews  
       
       Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016.  
       
       Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com  
       
       Time-stamped...]]>1834false32fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
       This episode unpacks the trepidations that come from comparing oneself to others, the financial and time investments involved in writing, and the fear of both failure and success.  
       
       Sheryl and Karen discuss the importance of understanding and embracing individual writing processes, as well as the pivotal role of feedback and validation from ideal readers.   They also highlight the personal growth and business benefits that can stem from writing a book, stressing the significance of each person’s unique voice and story.  
       
       If you are facing fear, here are the three questions that Sheryl posed during the conversation.   What kind of fear is it? Where is it coming from? When you deal with that, then what happens?  
       
       You can check out our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents/ or get in touch via karen@librotas.com.  
       
       Key insights  
       
       Embrace Your Unique Voice: Your personal story and perspective hold immense value. Sheryl Andrews emphasized that every person's unique voice and story will resonate with someone out there.  
       
       Validation & Feedback: Before seeking feedback, be clear about your audience. Karen Williams highlights the importance of finding a unique angle for your book and getting early validation from potential readers.  
       
       Growth Through Writing: Writing a book is more than just publishing words; it's about refining your message, attracting the right business, and experiencing personal and professional growth. As Karen and Sheryl discuss, embracing fears and understanding your own writing process can lead to profound self-discovery.  
       
       Bio – Karen Williams:  
       
       Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   
       
       With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.  
       
       Website: https://librotas.com  
       
       Socials:   
       
       https://www.facebook.com/librotas
       
       https://twitter.com/librotas
       
       https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas
       
       https://www.youtube.com/@librotas  
       
       Bio – Sheryl Andrews  
       
       Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016.  
       
       Website: https://stepbysteplistening.com  
       
       Time stamped overview:  
       
       00:00 Self-reflection, kindness, and trusting your process.
       05:05 Writing a book brings clarity and impact.
       07:00 Instinct, training, uniqueness in sharing personal stories.
       12:16 Feedback shapes work, seek it carefully.
       13:40 Overcoming fears and seeking constructive feedback.
       17:49 Embracing imperfection, growing through the writing process.
       21:41 Embrace writing, and overcome the fear of comparison.
       24:38 Refining messaging attracts the right business; overcoming fears.
       29:15 Fear of rejection leads to avoidance of references.
       31:59 Update books for changes, never perfect timing.  
       
       Discussion questions:  
       
       
       
       
       
       1. Fear and Comparison: How can the tendency to compare oneself to other authors and their accomplishments amplify the fear of writing and publishing a book? 
       2. Individual Writing Process: In what ways can understanding one's unique writing process alleviate fears and contribute to a successful writing journey?
       3. Fear of Failure vs. Success: How do fears of failure and success differ in their impact on an aspiring author, and how can one address these fears effectively?
       4. Refining Business Messaging: How can the process of writing a book help an author to refine their business messaging and attract the right audience?
       5. Purpose and Outcomes: Why is it crucial for writers to clearly define the purpose of their book and consider the potential outcomes, whether they achieve success or face failure? 
       6. Seeking Feedback: What are some effective strategies for seeking feedback during the book-writing process, and how can authors remain open yet discerning about the feedback they receive?
       7. Validation from Readers: How can gaining validation from potential readers before publishing enhance the credibility and reception of a book?
       8. Embracing Fears and Excuses: According to Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews, how does embracing fears and excuses contribute to personal growth and eventual success in writing a book?
       9. Originality and Influence: How can concerns about originality and influence from other authors affect an aspiring writer's confidence, and what steps can be taken to overcome these fears?
       10. Transitioning Communication: What are some common challenges writers face when transitioning from verbal to written communication, and how can clarity in writing help to address these challenges?  
       Keywords:   fear of comparison, writing journey, publishing fears, financial investment in writing, time constraints in writing, fear of failure, fear of success, business attraction through writing, book purpose, insightful questions for writers, finding your unique voice, story resonance, book idea validation, unique angle for book, writing process, feedback in writing, personal growth in writing, learning from mistakes, self-discovery in writing, writing process principles, hot book writing topics, author’s journey]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/60983035Thu, 15 Aug 2024 04:00:07 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this episode, Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews delve into the world of writing fears and how they impact aspiring authors.   This episode unpacks the trepidations that come from comparing oneself to others, the financial and time investments...
       This episode unpacks the trepidations that come from comparing oneself to others, the financial and time investments involved in writing, and the fear of both failure and success.  
       
       Sheryl and Karen discuss the importance of understanding and embracing individual writing processes, as well as the pivotal role of feedback and validation from ideal readers.   They also highlight the personal growth and business benefits that can stem from writing a book, stressing the significance of each person’s unique voice and story.  
       
       If you are facing fear, here are the three questions that Sheryl posed during the conversation.   What kind of fear is it? Where is it coming from? When you deal with that, then what happens?  
       
       You can check out our upcoming events at https://librotas.com/librotasevents/ or get in touch via karen@librotas.com.  
       
       Key insights  
       
       Embrace Your Unique Voice: Your personal story and perspective hold immense value. Sheryl Andrews emphasized that every person's unique voice and story will resonate with someone out there.  
       
       Validation & Feedback: Before seeking feedback, be clear about your audience. Karen Williams highlights the importance of finding a unique angle for your book and getting early validation from potential readers.  
       
       Growth Through Writing: Writing a book is more than just publishing words; it's about refining your message, attracting the right business, and experiencing personal and professional growth. As Karen and Sheryl discuss, embracing fears and understanding your own writing process can lead to profound self-discovery.  
       
       Bio – Karen Williams:  
       
       Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well.   
       
       With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.  
       
       Website: https://librotas.com  
       
       Socials:   
       
       https://www.facebook.com/librotas
       
       https://twitter.com/librotas
       
       https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/ https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas
       
       https://www.youtube.com/@librotas  
       
       Bio – Sheryl Andrews  
       
       Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage Your Critic, was published in 2016.  
       2019false31fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
       Zana shares insights into the personal growth and professional success she has experienced as a result of her book writing journey, emphasising the importance of courage, resilience, and embracing vulnerability.   
       
       Join us as we explore how writing a book can be a transformative personal development journey and the impact it can have on shaping one's message and legacy. Tune in for valuable advice and practical tips for aspiring authors and entrepreneurs and discover how Zana's books are igniting conversations and sparking change worldwide.  
       
       ** Get the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two in one simple to consume guide. Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
       
       Highlights:   
       
       ** Embrace the journey: Writing a book is a process of personal and professional growth. It's about finding the grit to keep going, even in moments of doubt, and recognising that each step forward contributes to a powerful legacy. **  
       
       ** Seek mentorship: Having a mentor to guide you through the writing process is invaluable. A mentor can provide insights into message clarity, structural integrity, marketing strategies, and overall growth. **  
       
       ** Multiply your impact: Writing a book isn't just about putting words on paper; it's about encouraging a wider conversation with readers and fellow authors. It's an act of vulnerability that opens doors to new opportunities and platforms for sharing your message. **  
       
       Bio:   
       
       Zana Goic Petricevic brings to her work a blend of nearly 20 years as a corporate manager, executive leadership coach, and trainer with a great passion for writing, teaching and public speaking.  
       
       She is also a game changer and believes in the transformative power of bigger, bolder conversations, which enhances her work with executives and leadership teams across the world.    Through her keynote speaking and books, Zana aims to encourage conscious bold leaders who are ready to live and lead from a place of courage and boldness, so that they fully honour their own authenticity, and lead themselves and others to purposeful achievement.   
       
       She is the author of ‘Bold Reinvented’, designed around her SOUL framework, and she is currently working on her second book.   
       
       Website:   
       
       www.boldleadership-culture.com  https://www.amazon.com/dp/9534961205   
       
       Socials:   
       
       https://www.linkedin.com/in/zanagoicpetricevic
       
       https://www.instagram.com/zanagoicpetricevic  
       
       Time stamped overview:  
       
       00:00 Embracing authority in the book writing journey.
       05:55 Embracing bold leadership, overcoming fear with courage.
       08:37 Marketing your book is essential for success.
       10:25 Success in APAC region, growth in business.
       14:07 Realising multiple books from one original question.
       17:29 Book 2 expands on leading in varied environments.
       21:51 Having a mentor is essential for growth.
       23:14 Expressing gratitude for Zana's time.  
       
       Discussion questions:  
       
       1. What challenges did Zana face in her book writing journey, particularly during the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, and how did she overcome them? 
       2. How did Zana describe the personal and professional growth that she experienced as a result of writing and publishing her first book? 
       3. In what ways did Zana’s book contribute to her business growth, and how did it impact her ability to work on a global scale outside of Croatia?
       4. Discuss Zana's concept of "relationship agility" and "emotional agility" as she applies it to her leadership principles. How do these ideas influence her approach to leadership and her interactions with others in the workplace?
       5. How does Zana's analogy of "walking on the edge" relate to the experience of writing a book, taking risks in sharing one’s message, and the potential impact of that message?
       6. What are the overall central themes of Zana’s second book, and how do they compare or contrast with the themes in her first book?
       7. Zana emphasises the importance of mentorship in the book writing process. How has her mentor's guidance influenced her book writing and personal development journey? 
       8. How does Zana articulate the role of vulnerability in book writing and sharing one's message? In what ways does vulnerability play a part in creating a book and engaging in meaningful conversations with readers?
       9. Zana emphasises the idea of continuously pushing forward with determination and grit in the book writing journey. How has this resilience contributed to her growth and success as an author and leader?
       10. How does Zana believe her second book will impact her future endeavours and aspirations? What are her visions for the future?  
       
       Keywords:    executive leadership coach, entrepreneur, game changer, keynote speaking, conscious leaders, courage, bold leadership, personal growth, mindset, professional growth, bold reinvented, book marketing, legacy, book mentor, book structure, Amazon bestseller, leadership circle, writing a book, global book impact  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/60031094Thu, 16 May 2024 04:00:04 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today’s conversation, I sit down with Zana Goic Petricevic, an executive leadership coach and author. We discuss her experiences in writing and publishing her first book, ‘Bold Reinvented’, and her upcoming second book.    Zana shares insights...
       Zana shares insights into the personal growth and professional success she has experienced as a result of her book writing journey, emphasising the importance of courage, resilience, and embracing vulnerability.   
       
       Join us as we explore how writing a book can be a transformative personal development journey and the impact it can have on shaping one's message and legacy. Tune in for valuable advice and practical tips for aspiring authors and entrepreneurs and discover how Zana's books are igniting conversations and sparking change worldwide.  
       
       ** Get the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two in one simple to consume guide. Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
       
       Highlights:   
       
       ** Embrace the journey: Writing a book is a process of personal and professional growth. It's about finding the grit to keep going, even in moments of doubt, and recognising that each step forward contributes to a powerful legacy. **  
       
       ** Seek mentorship: Having a mentor to guide you through the writing process is invaluable. A mentor can provide insights into message clarity, structural integrity, marketing strategies, and overall growth. **  
       
       ** Multiply your impact: Writing a book isn't just about putting words on paper; it's about encouraging a wider conversation with readers and fellow authors. It's an act of vulnerability that opens doors to new opportunities and platforms for sharing your message. **  
       
       Bio:   
       
       Zana Goic Petricevic brings to her work a blend of nearly 20 years as a corporate manager, executive leadership coach, and trainer with a great passion for writing, teaching and public speaking.  
       
       She is also a game changer and believes in the transformative power of bigger, bolder conversations, which enhances her work with executives and leadership teams across the world.    Through her keynote speaking and books, Zana aims to encourage conscious bold leaders who are ready to live and lead from a place of courage and boldness, so that they fully honour their own authenticity, and lead themselves and others to purposeful achievement.   
       
       She is the author of ‘Bold Reinvented’, designed around her SOUL framework, and she is currently working on her second book.   
       
       Website:   
       
       www.boldleadership-culture.com  https://www.amazon.com/dp/9534961205   
       
       Socials:   
       
       https://www.linkedin.com/in/zanagoicpetricevic
       
       https://www.instagram.com/zanagoicpetricevic  
       
       Time stamped overview:  
       
       00:00 Embracing authority in the book writing journey.
       05:55 Embracing bold leadership, overcoming fear with courage.
       08:37 Marketing your book is essential for success.
       10:25 Success in APAC region, growth in business.
       14:07 Realising multiple books from one original question.
       17:29 Book 2 expands on leading in varied environments.
       21:51 Having a mentor is essential for growth.
       23:14 Expressing gratitude for Zana's time.  
       
       Discussion questions:  
       
       1. What challenges did Zana face in her book writing journey,...]]>1451false212fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
          Sarah brings over 30 years of experience and numerous achievements, including being honoured with the HR Consultancy of the Year award and being a finalist for the national CIPD award. She also authored the successful book ‘Leap into HR Consulting’, which has made a significant impact since its publication in 2020.  
          
          During this engaging conversation, Sarah shares the story behind her book and the challenges she faced, including navigating the impact of the pandemic. She delves into the journey of transitioning her business from face-to-face training to online events and how she carved out time to complete her book, along with the insights gained from her mentorship with me.  
          
          You will gain valuable insights as Sarah discusses her book publishing journey, the reception of her book in international markets, and her plans for a second edition. She also offers practical advice on structuring book content, receiving feedback, and preparing for the release of subsequent books.  
          
          ** Get the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two in one simple to consume guide. Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
          
          Highlights:   
          
          ** Every business owner, coach, or consultant has a book bursting to be written, and a good book can elevate your expertise in the marketplace and open up new opportunities. **  
          
          **When writing a book, seek mentorship and give yourself enough time to do it. Enjoy the process and celebrate the feeling of accomplishment when you see the end result. **  
          
          ** Consistent action is powerful and essential for achieving your goal of writing and publishing a book. Whether this is through dedicated chunks of time or regular progress, set the time aside and stick to it. **  
          
          Bio:   
          
          Sarah Hamilton-Gill FCIPD embodies the essence of success and fulfilment, blending her roles as an entrepreneur, executive coach, and HR consultant seamlessly with her passions.   
          
          With over 30 years of experience, she has propelled hundreds of businesses and individuals towards success, earning accolades such as the HR Consultancy of the Year award and being a finalist for the National CIPD Awards. Not just a business luminary, Sarah is also a spirited adventurer and a resident photographer in Corfu, balancing professional achievements with personal joys. Connect with her to embark on your path to success.  
          
          Website:    https://www.leapintoconsulting.com  https://amzn.eu/d/0VdYEnT    
          
          Socials:    https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarahhg  
          
          Time stamped overview:  
          
          00:00 Struggling with writing, but loved seeing progress.
          03:47 Writing a book elevates expertise and opens opportunities.
          07:25 Second marketplace, UK-centric book, upcoming edition to focus on a worldwide audience. 11:03 Amazon boosts bootcamp business growth.
          14:53 Writing success comes from finding what works.
          18:26 Start research early, understand ideal readership.
          19:53 Business owners, coaches, and consultants should write.  
          
          Discussion questions:  
          
          
          
          
          
          
          1. How did Sarah HG's background in entrepreneurship, coaching, and HR consulting influence her decision to write "Leap into HR Consulting"?
          2. What challenges did Sarah face when writing her book, and how did she overcome them? 
          3. How did the COVID-19 pandemic impact Sarah's book writing process and business operations? 
          4. In what ways did Sarah leverage her book to expand her reach internationally, particularly in Australia and the US?
          5. What insights did Sarah share about the success of her book, particularly with regard to the format (paperback vs. Kindle) and its impact on her coaching business?
          6. What prompted Sarah to consider a second edition of her book, and what adjustments does she plan to make to keep the content relevant?
          7. How has Sarah's book influenced the growth of her boot camp and the success of individuals in launching their own consultancy businesses?
          8. What strategies and preferences did Sarah discuss for her book writing process, and how have these evolved from her first experience as an author?
          9. What role has mentoring played in Sarah's book writing journey, and what advice does she offer for individuals considering writing and publishing their own book?
          10. In what ways does Sarah see her second book complementing the foundation laid down by "Leap into HR Consulting," and how does she plan to approach the writing process for the next book?  
          Keywords:    Sarah Hamilton Gill, executive coach, HR consultant, business author, HR Consulting, business pivot, book writing process, business success, book marketing, book sales, Amazon bestseller, leap into consulting, leap into hr consulting, business growth, book structure, book publishing, book mentoring  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/59905733Thu, 09 May 2024 04:00:04 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this episode, I’m thrilled to be having a conversation with Sarah Hamilton Gill, an accomplished entrepreneur, executive coach, HR consultant, and award-winning author.    Sarah brings over 30 years of experience and numerous achievements,...
          Sarah brings over 30 years of experience and numerous achievements, including being honoured with the HR Consultancy of the Year award and being a finalist for the national CIPD award. She also authored the successful book ‘Leap into HR Consulting’, which has made a significant impact since its publication in 2020.  
          
          During this engaging conversation, Sarah shares the story behind her book and the challenges she faced, including navigating the impact of the pandemic. She delves into the journey of transitioning her business from face-to-face training to online events and how she carved out time to complete her book, along with the insights gained from her mentorship with me.  
          
          You will gain valuable insights as Sarah discusses her book publishing journey, the reception of her book in international markets, and her plans for a second edition. She also offers practical advice on structuring book content, receiving feedback, and preparing for the release of subsequent books.  
          
          ** Get the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two in one simple to consume guide. Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
          
          Highlights:   
          
          ** Every business owner, coach, or consultant has a book bursting to be written, and a good book can elevate your expertise in the marketplace and open up new opportunities. **  
          
          **When writing a book, seek mentorship and give yourself enough time to do it. Enjoy the process and celebrate the feeling of accomplishment when you see the end result. **  
          
          ** Consistent action is powerful and essential for achieving your goal of writing and publishing a book. Whether this is through dedicated chunks of time or regular progress, set the time aside and stick to it. **  
          
          Bio:   
          
          Sarah Hamilton-Gill FCIPD embodies the essence of success and fulfilment, blending her roles as an entrepreneur, executive coach, and HR consultant seamlessly with her passions.   
          
          With over 30 years of experience, she has propelled hundreds of businesses and individuals towards success, earning accolades such as the HR Consultancy of the Year award and being a finalist for the National CIPD Awards. Not just a business luminary, Sarah is also a spirited adventurer and a resident photographer in Corfu, balancing professional achievements with personal joys. Connect with her to embark on your path to success.  
          
          Website:    https://www.leapintoconsulting.com  https://amzn.eu/d/0VdYEnT    
          
          Socials:    https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarahhg  
          
          Time stamped overview:  
          
          00:00 Struggling with writing, but loved seeing progress.
          03:47 Writing a book elevates expertise and opens opportunities.
          07:25 Second marketplace, UK-centric book, upcoming edition to focus on a worldwide audience. 11:03 Amazon boosts bootcamp business growth.
          14:53 Writing success comes from finding what works.
          18:26 Start research early, understand ideal readership.
          19:53 Business owners, coaches, and consultants should write.  
          
          Discussion questions:  
          
          
          
          
          
          
          1. How did Sarah HG's background in entrepreneurship, coaching, and HR consulting influence her decision to write "Leap into HR Consulting"?
          2. What challenges did Sarah face...]]>1343false211fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
             In this episode, we unpack Fiona's journey authoring Website Mastery: For Business Owners Who Don’t Speak Tech. Despite an initial resistance and hurdles along the way, such as a challenging book-writing process and the intricacies of typesetting, Fiona successfully self-published her guide in March 2023.  
             
             We explore her ingenious launch strategies, including effective email and social media campaigns, and how her book has managed to stay ahead of the curve, even amidst swift technological changes.  Fiona and I also discuss our hands-on experiences with AI tools like ChatGPT, and how they've revolutionised tasks like generating content without replacing the human touch.  
             
              Get the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two in one simple to consume guide. Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2
             
             Highlights:
             
              Overcoming Publishing Challenges: Fiona delves into the practical aspects of her journey, from overcoming the inertia of writing to mastering the typesetting of her book. Her experience can help budding authors navigate the complexities of publishing.
             
              **AI Relevance and Limitations: Our conversation extends to the intersection of technology and human creativity, discussing how AI can augment content creation, without replacing the emotional depth that only humans can provide. **  
             
             ** From Book to Booming Business: Fiona shares her exceptional journey of using her book as a powerful lead magnet, directly impacting her business to the tune of £60,000 in client income so far. **  
             
             Bio:   
             
             Fiona Allman-Treen is an expert in strategic website design and online software systems to enable scalable, sustainable growth for business owners and charities globally.   
             
             An established presenter and devout believer in encouraging entrepreneurship in young people, Fiona founded FAT promotions in 2001, creating effective websites and online solutions for a portfolio of international and blue-chip clients.   
             
             Her book, Website Mastery: For Business Owners Who Don’t Speak Tech was published in March 2023.
             
             Website:   
             
             http://www.websitemasterybook.com   
             
             Socials:   
             
             https://www.linkedin.com/in/fatpromotions-website-design
             
             https://www.linkedin.com/company/fat-promotions-ltd/
             
             https://www.facebook.com/FATpromotions
             
             https://twitter.com/fatpromotions
             
             https://www.instagram.com/fatpromotions
             
             https://www.youtube.com/@fatpromotions    
             
             Time stamped overview: 
             
             00:00 Using past articles to inspire new work. 03:05 Repurpose existing material, create a good plan.
             08:27 Building trust, authenticity crucial for client relations.
             12:18 Leverage book content for social media alignment.
             15:51 Used my book to train Chat GPT.
             19:20 AI influenced book content creation, challenging traditional methods. 20:59 Diversifying income streams, focusing on direct clients.
             26:27 Struggles maintaining book launch momentum; leading by example
             28:05 Take time to develop new ideas.  
             
             Discussion questions:  
             
             
             
             
             
             1. What motivated Fiona Allman Treen to transition from her resistance to writing "Website Mastery for Business Owners who don't speak tech" to finally completing and publishing the book?
             2. Can you discuss how Fiona used her existing articles and knowledge about website building to create a structured plan for her book? 
             3. How did Fiona's journey of ty
             4. Fiona mentioned the success of her book launch through email and social media campaigns. What were her key strategies in executing those campaigns effectively?
             5. How has "Website Mastery" managed to stay relevant in the face of rapidly advancing technology, particularly with the advent of AI?
             6. In what ways did Fiona Allman Treen and Karen Williams utilize AI, such as Chat GPT, to support their work, and where do they see its limitations? 
             7. Fiona's book generated a significant direct income for her business. How did she strategically use her book as a marketing tool to attract new clients? 
             8. The concept of using a book as a lead magnet has been influential for Fiona. What advice does she have for authors considering a similar strategy to drive their business success? 
             9. Post-launch can often lead to a crash in momentum. How did Fiona handle this phase, and what are Karen Williams' insights on keeping the momentum going? 
             10. Fiona plans to explore her current book fully before starting on a new project. How important is it to focus on one book's lifecycle, and what can be the impact of rushing into the next publication too soon?  
             
             Keywords:    strategic website design, online software systems, FAT Promotions, Website Mastery for Business Owners, book writing, typesetting, book publishing, book launch, email campaigns, social media campaigns, AI in technology, AI content creation, Chat GPT, online course creation, publishing challenges, lead magnet strategy, post-launch book marketing, marketing momentum, free book chapter download, marketing masterclass, Amazon bestseller  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/59678645Thu, 02 May 2024 04:00:04 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, we dive into the world of digital mastery and book publishing with Fiona Allman-Treen. Fiona is the entrepreneurial mind behind FAT Promotions and an authority in strategic website design and online systems.    In this episode, we unpack...
             In this episode, we unpack Fiona's journey authoring Website Mastery: For Business Owners Who Don’t Speak Tech. Despite an initial resistance and hurdles along the way, such as a challenging book-writing process and the intricacies of typesetting, Fiona successfully self-published her guide in March 2023.  
             
             We explore her ingenious launch strategies, including effective email and social media campaigns, and how her book has managed to stay ahead of the curve, even amidst swift technological changes.  Fiona and I also discuss our hands-on experiences with AI tools like ChatGPT, and how they've revolutionised tasks like generating content without replacing the human touch.  
             
              Get the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two in one simple to consume guide. Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2
             
             Highlights:
             
              Overcoming Publishing Challenges: Fiona delves into the practical aspects of her journey, from overcoming the inertia of writing to mastering the typesetting of her book. Her experience can help budding authors navigate the complexities of publishing.
             
              **AI Relevance and Limitations: Our conversation extends to the intersection of technology and human creativity, discussing how AI can augment content creation, without replacing the emotional depth that only humans can provide. **  
             
             ** From Book to Booming Business: Fiona shares her exceptional journey of using her book as a powerful lead magnet, directly impacting her business to the tune of £60,000 in client income so far. **  
             
             Bio:   
             
             Fiona Allman-Treen is an expert in strategic website design and online software systems to enable scalable, sustainable growth for business owners and charities globally.   
             
             An established presenter and devout believer in encouraging entrepreneurship in young people, Fiona founded FAT promotions in 2001, creating effective websites and online solutions for a portfolio of international and blue-chip clients.   
             
             Her book, Website Mastery: For Business Owners Who Don’t Speak Tech was published in March 2023.
             
             Website:   
             
             http://www.websitemasterybook.com   
             
             Socials:   
             
             https://www.linkedin.com/in/fatpromotions-website-design
             
             https://www.linkedin.com/company/fat-promotions-ltd/
             
             https://www.facebook.com/FATpromotions
             
             https://twitter.com/fatpromotions
             
             https://www.instagram.com/fatpromotions
             
             https://www.youtube.com/@fatpromotions    
             
             Time stamped overview: 
             
             00:00 Using past articles to inspire new work. 03:05 Repurpose existing material, create a good plan.
             08:27 Building trust, authenticity crucial for client relations.
             12:18 Leverage book content for social media alignment.
             15:51 Used my book to train Chat GPT.
             19:20 AI influenced book...]]>1807false210fullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cracking-crowdfunding-during-covid-with-paul-newton-s2-e9--59590827Podcast show notes – Paul Newton (Episode 9 – 25 April 2024)
             
             Guest: Paul Newton
             
             Title: Cracking Crowdfunding during COVID
             
             In today's episode, I had the pleasure of sitting down with the charismatic and dynamic Paul Newton, the voice behind MentalTheft. 
             
             Paul is a leading expert in cybersecurity and has gained popularity for his captivating and entertaining approach to educating people on the issues of scams, theft, and cybersecurity. During our conversation, Paul shared insights about his book ‘Mental Theft: Your Mind is the Weakest Link’, including the story of how he came to write the book during Covid-19 and his crowdfunding success.  
             
             We also delve into Paul's journey from a jobbing magician to an internationally sought-after speaker and the impact his book has had on his business. Paul also offers practical writing and security tips. This episode is a must-listen for anyone interested in cybersecurity, crowdfunding, or navigating the world of international speaking. 
             
             Get the Business Book Bites Best Bits from all our episodes in series two in one simple to consume guide. Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2
             
             Highlights: 
             
             Embrace Your Voice: When writing a book, it's important to maintain your authentic voice. This helps create an emotional connection with the reader and makes your message more impactful. 
             
             Overcome Challenges: Writing and publishing a book often involves facing self-doubt and challenges. However, with the right support and determination, you can overcome these obstacles and achieve success. 
             
             The Reluctant Crowdfunder: Don’t be afraid of asking for help. Crowdfunding more than surpassed Paul’s expectations and led to a wealth of opportunities for the book.
             
             Bio: 
             
             Under the brand MentalTheft, Paul Newton has become the biggest voice for bridging the gap between cybersecurity experts and the average person. 
             
             As a charismatic and exciting entertainer, Paul wows and captivates audiences, all whilst educating them on the issues of scams, theft and cyber security. Loved by industry experts and everyday people alike, Paul and his team are helping to increase security and to fight crime. 
             
             Paul is the author of MentalTheft – Your Mind is the Weakest Link, which is all about how a mind reader could steal your personal information. 
             
             Website: 
             
             https://mentaltheft.co.uk/product/mentaltheft-book-paperback 
             
             Socials: 
             
             https://www.facebook.com/MentalTheft
             https://twitter.com/mentaltheft
             https://www.instagram.com/mentaltheft 
              
             Time stamped overview:
             
             05:28 Quickly wrote a book, struggled with structure, succeeded.
             07:39 Reluctantly embraced crowdfunding, expressed appreciation for support.
             11:45 Magician travels for gigs, prioritises family time.
             18:05 Many are affected by mental theft, causing harm.
             19:26 Paul Newton helps victims of financial fraud.
             23:28 Use two factor authentication on all accounts.
             27:36 Embracing mental theft on various social platforms.
             
             Keywords: 
             
             Paul Newton, mentaltheft, cyber security, scams, mental theft, speaking, entertainment, magic, personal profiling, disc profiling, firewalk, book, author, crowdfunding, self-publishing, international speaking, keynote speaker, magician, password manager, two-factor authentication, writing, stories, promotion, mind reading, book writing, book coaching]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/59590827Thu, 25 Apr 2024 04:00:04 +0000Karen WilliamsPodcast show notes – Paul Newton (Episode 9 – 25 April 2024) Guest: Paul Newton Title: Cracking Crowdfunding during COVID In today's episode, I had the pleasure of sitting down with the charismatic and dynamic Paul Newton, the voice behind...Podcast show notes – Paul Newton (Episode 9 – 25 April 2024)
             
             Guest: Paul Newton
             
             Title: Cracking Crowdfunding during COVID
             
             In today's episode, I had the pleasure of sitting down with the charismatic and dynamic Paul Newton, the voice behind MentalTheft. 
             
             Paul is a leading expert in cybersecurity and has gained popularity for his captivating and entertaining approach to educating people on the issues of scams, theft, and cybersecurity. During our conversation, Paul shared insights about his book ‘Mental Theft: Your Mind is the Weakest Link’, including the story of how he came to write the book during Covid-19 and his crowdfunding success.  
             
             We also delve into Paul's journey from a jobbing magician to an internationally sought-after speaker and the impact his book has had on his business. Paul also offers practical writing and security tips. This episode is a must-listen for anyone interested in cybersecurity, crowdfunding, or navigating the world of international speaking. 
             
             Get the Business Book Bites Best Bits from all our episodes in series two in one simple to consume guide. Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2
             
             Highlights: 
             
             Embrace Your Voice: When writing a book, it's important to maintain your authentic voice. This helps create an emotional connection with the reader and makes your message more impactful. 
             
             Overcome Challenges: Writing and publishing a book often involves facing self-doubt and challenges. However, with the right support and determination, you can overcome these obstacles and achieve success. 
             
             The Reluctant Crowdfunder: Don’t be afraid of asking for help. Crowdfunding more than surpassed Paul’s expectations and led to a wealth of opportunities for the book.
             
             Bio: 
             
             Under the brand MentalTheft, Paul Newton has become the biggest voice for bridging the gap between cybersecurity experts and the average person. 
             
             As a charismatic and exciting entertainer, Paul wows and captivates audiences, all whilst educating them on the issues of scams, theft and cyber security. Loved by industry experts and everyday people alike, Paul and his team are helping to increase security and to fight crime. 
             
             Paul is the author of MentalTheft – Your Mind is the Weakest Link, which is all about how a mind reader could steal your personal information. 
             
             Website: 
             
             https://mentaltheft.co.uk/product/mentaltheft-book-paperback 
             
             Socials: 
             
             https://www.facebook.com/MentalTheft
             https://twitter.com/mentaltheft
             https://www.instagram.com/mentaltheft 
              
             Time stamped overview:
             
             05:28 Quickly wrote a book, struggled with structure, succeeded.
             07:39 Reluctantly embraced crowdfunding, expressed appreciation for support.
             11:45 Magician travels for gigs, prioritises family time.
             18:05 Many are affected by mental theft, causing harm.
             19:26 Paul Newton helps victims of financial fraud.
             23:28 Use two factor authentication on all accounts.
             27:36 Embracing mental theft on various social platforms.
             
             Keywords: 
             
             Paul Newton, mentaltheft, cyber security, scams, mental theft, speaking, entertainment, magic, personal profiling, disc profiling, firewalk, book, author, crowdfunding, self-publishing, international speaking, keynote speaker, magician, password manager, two-factor authentication, writing, stories, promotion, mind reading, book writing, book coaching]]>1517false29fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/The Business of Stories.  
             
             Writing a book wasn’t on Susan’s radar, and then a culmination of things led to its creation. First off, she wanted to move from working one to one with clients – as a done-for-you service – into running group workshops and programmes. But she couldn’t work out how to turn her service into something that would work in a group setting.   
             
             So, she realised she had to get her ideas out of her head and onto paper in order to teach it. This started as an e-book for lead generation, but she realised that it had to become a paperbackpaperback. She engaged a book coach, followed their process and successfully launched it. It immediately became a bestseller and this, alongside plenty of hard work, helped Susan to support more clients, scale her business, and create a six-figure business.   
             
             In our conversation, Susan delves into the profound impact of storytelling in the business world and shares invaluable insights into the process of infusing personal narratives into impactful content. She provides compelling advice on ensuring that your book maintains your unique voice, the skillful intertwining of personal stories into your book, and the art of connecting with your audience through relatable storytelling.
             
             ** Want the Business Book Bites Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
             
             Highlights:   
             
             ** Authenticity Matters: When writing a book, don't be afraid to infuse it with your authentic voice and personal stories. Let your readers hear your voice throughout the narrative. **  
             
             ** Weave Your Story: Showcasing real-life experiences and weaving them into your book can bring your teachings to life, allowing readers to connect with the content on a deeper level. **  
             
             ** Long-Term Promotion: Writing a book is just the beginning. Continued promotion and engagement with readers are essential for long-term success. Don't stop talking about your book, as it can lead to incredible opportunities and connections. **  
             
             Bio:   
             
             Susan Payton is a coach, consultant and author of The Business of Stories. Released in March 2022, Susan’s book quickly became a UK and US #1 bestseller on Amazon in several business categories, including Marketing and Sales – even knocking Stephen Bartlett (Diary of a CEO) off the top spot. It got to #1 on Amazon again when the audiobook version was released, and it was a finalist in the Business Book Awards 2023.   
             
             In a noisy world, where it’s getting harder and harder to stand out from the crowd and be heard above the noise, Susan is passionate about showing business owners how to clearly articulate their value and speak to the right people, at the right time, with a simple message and a great story. Her game changing framework helps entrepreneurs and marketers craft stories and narratives that launch businesses, build brands and create raving fans.  
             
             Website: You can get a free copy of The Business of Stories at https://thebusinessofstories.com/my-book.  
             
             Socials:   https://www.facebook.com/susanpaytonUK/ https://www.linkedin.com/in/susanpaytonuk/  
             
             Time stamped overview:  
             
             00:00 Transitioning from one-on-one to group work.
             05:12 Following structure helped create a practical, helpful book.
             08:17 Author struggles but eventually finds clarity and satisfaction.
             11:14 Author achieves top book ranking through persistence.
             15:28 Royalty statement shows surprising global reach.
             18:53 Book focuses on emotional connection, actionable impact.
             21:15 Guidance and support improve performance, like coaching.
             24:15 Publisher pushback; author stands firm on voice.  
             
             Discussion questions:   
             
             
             
             
             1. What prompted Susan Payton to write "The Business of Stories"?
             2. What was Susan's approach to writing, publishing, and marketing the book?
             3. How did Susan promote her book successfully, and what were some of the hard work and strategies she used?
             4. What has been the level of success of Susan's book in terms of sales and reach?
             5. How does Susan use her book to align with her business and attract clients and opportunities?
             6. What significant tips or advice can Susan share for those thinking about writing, publishing, or marketing a book?
             7. How did Susan incorporate her voice and storytelling into her book to make it sound like her and create a conversational tone?
             8. Where can people get a copy of Susan's book, "The Business of Stories", and how can they connect with her on social media?
             9. What were some of the opportunities and speaking engagements Susan secured as a result of her book's success?
             10. What is the significance of weaving personal stories throughout a book, and what purpose does it serve? 
             Keywords: book marketing, storytelling, business book, author, bestseller, entrepreneur, marketer, framework, writing process, book structure, business growth, story structure, storytelling workshop, book publishing, book promotion, building a brand, storytelling mastery, story coaching, storytelling framework, publishing success, audiobook, storytelling methodology, Stephen bartlett, building a story brand, Donald miller]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/59449240Thu, 18 Apr 2024 04:00:04 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this episode we delve into the power of stories with Susan Payton, coach, consultant and the author of the bestselling book, The Business of Stories.   Writing a book wasn’t on Susan’s radar, and then a culmination of things led to its creation....The Business of Stories.  
             
             Writing a book wasn’t on Susan’s radar, and then a culmination of things led to its creation. First off, she wanted to move from working one to one with clients – as a done-for-you service – into running group workshops and programmes. But she couldn’t work out how to turn her service into something that would work in a group setting.   
             
             So, she realised she had to get her ideas out of her head and onto paper in order to teach it. This started as an e-book for lead generation, but she realised that it had to become a paperbackpaperback. She engaged a book coach, followed their process and successfully launched it. It immediately became a bestseller and this, alongside plenty of hard work, helped Susan to support more clients, scale her business, and create a six-figure business.   
             
             In our conversation, Susan delves into the profound impact of storytelling in the business world and shares invaluable insights into the process of infusing personal narratives into impactful content. She provides compelling advice on ensuring that your book maintains your unique voice, the skillful intertwining of personal stories into your book, and the art of connecting with your audience through relatable storytelling.
             
             ** Want the Business Book Bites Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
             
             Highlights:   
             
             ** Authenticity Matters: When writing a book, don't be afraid to infuse it with your authentic voice and personal stories. Let your readers hear your voice throughout the narrative. **  
             
             ** Weave Your Story: Showcasing real-life experiences and weaving them into your book can bring your teachings to life, allowing readers to connect with the content on a deeper level. **  
             
             ** Long-Term Promotion: Writing a book is just the beginning. Continued promotion and engagement with readers are essential for long-term success. Don't stop talking about your book, as it can lead to incredible opportunities and connections. **  
             
             Bio:   
             
             Susan Payton is a coach, consultant and author of The Business of Stories. Released in March 2022, Susan’s book quickly became a UK and US #1 bestseller on Amazon in several business categories, including Marketing and Sales – even knocking Stephen Bartlett (Diary of a CEO) off the top spot. It got to #1 on Amazon again when the audiobook version was released, and it was a finalist in the Business Book Awards 2023.   
             
             In a noisy world, where it’s getting harder and harder to stand out from the crowd and be heard above the noise, Susan is passionate about showing business owners how to clearly articulate their value and speak to the right people, at the right time, with a simple message and a great story. Her game changing framework helps entrepreneurs and marketers craft stories and narratives that launch businesses, build brands and create raving fans.  
             
             Website: You can get a free copy of The Business of Stories at https://thebusinessofstories.com/my-book.  
             
             Socials:   https://www.facebook.com/susanpaytonUK/ https://www.linkedin.com/in/susanpaytonuk/  
             
             Time stamped overview:  
             
             00:00 Transitioning from one-on-one to group work.
             05:12 Following structure helped create a...]]>1608false28fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
             With her trailblazing books, ‘Mindfulness in Motion’, ‘#What is Mindfulness?’, and ‘What Colour is Your Dragon?’, we delve into the importance of simplicity in writing.
             
             Tamara explores how she has bridged the gap between complex neuroscience and practical, accessible mindfulness practices.   Tamara shares how she has created multiple work and income streams from her writing, including launching a programme in Brazil. She gives us insights into her latest venture, the Dragon Academy App, providing layered content, exercises, audios, and live sessions catered to different levels of engagement.   
             
             We also discuss the exciting potential of generative AI in enhancing the mindfulness experience and the importance of authenticity and expert guidance in writing and teaching.  
             
              ** Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **
             
             Highlights  
             
             ** Non-fiction writing should simplify concepts without undermining their complexity, making them accessible to a broad audience **  
             
             ** Integration of digital resources with traditional learning can profoundly enhance the user's experience and retention **  
             
             ** Leveraging technology, like apps and AI, provides a dynamic platform for iterative learning and personalised content delivery **  
             
             Bio:   
             
             Dr. Tamara Russell is a neuroscientist, author, clinical psychologist, martial arts expert and leading innovator in the well-being space. She has helped people all around the world transform their lives using her ground-breaking applied brainwise techniques for living well. These applied translational neuroscience tools allow everyone the chance to make better decisions in line with their core values and live well.   
             
             With two PhDs and a black belt in Shaolin Kung Fu, Tamara's work integrates mind, brain and body in a totally unique approach to well-being and thriving that combines movement, neuroscience and creativity.   
             
             Her three core programs include Body in Mind Training, Brainwise Mindfulness and The Dragon Way to Mental Wealth (and for Families and Young People - What Colour is Your Dragon?). These programs have been offered across corporate, education, health and creative sectors, where Tamara teaches groups and individuals in the public and private sector how to thrive.   
             
             Tamara is involved in international research investigating how mindfulness changes the structure of the brain. She lectures in Neuroscience and Mindfulness at King's College London. She is regularly invited to speak on Mindfulness around the globe, appearing both on stage, radio and online. This work informs her applied translational neuroscience approach to well-being. Her organisation The Mindfulness Centre of Excellence was founded in 2011 after sharing the stage with His Holiness the Dalai Lama in Sao Paulo, Brazil at a symposium exploring how ancient contemplative technologies can inform the challenges of modern living.   
             
             Tamara is the author of three books Mindfulness in Motion, #whatismindfulness, and What Colour is Your Dragon?  
             
             Website: 
             
             https://mindbodymot.com and https://www.drtamararussell.com   
             
             Socials:    
             
             https://www.instagram.com/drtamararussell  
             
             Time stamped overview:  
             
             00:00 Transition from academic editing to writing books.
             05:45 Explaining mindfulness to children and its challenges.
             08:59 Mindfulness impacts mental health through specific practices.
             12:51 Book emphasises practical application of mindfulness concepts.
             17:41 Mindfulness language precision and translation challenges.
             21:43 Movement-based learning method engages and aids learners.
             24:01 Iterative feedback process allows continuous improvement.
             25:53 Psychologist offers personalised service and explores AI.
             29:35 AI in preventative health: sharing knowledge, changing behaviour.
             33:54 Early editor feedback vital for personal writing.  
             
             Discussion questions:   
             
             
             
             
             
             1. How did Dr. Tamara Russell's background in neuroscience, psychology, and martial arts inform her unique approach to mindfulness and her writing?
             2. What challenges does Dr. Russell identify in translating academic research into non-fiction writing that's accessible to a general audience?
             3. How does Dr. Russell tailor her courses and books to address common problems people face in corporate, community mental health, and clinical settings?
             4. Can you discuss the process and considerations behind creating an app like the Dragon Academy and the different membership levels it offers?
             5. How might generative AI change the way mindfulness training is delivered, and how does Dr. Russell see it playing a role in her own work?
             6. What are some of the ethical considerations and potential benefits of using AI in the health and wellness space, particularly in the context of Dr. Russell's mindfulness programs? 
             7. Dr. Russell emphasises the importance of editing and early feedback in the writing process. How does this approach contribute to the overall quality and impact of a writer's work?
             8. With various mindfulness practices becoming increasingly popular, how does Dr. Russell ensure her methods, such as "mindfulness in motion," stand out and resonate with different learners? 
             9. In developing the teacher training program and the subsequent translation of "Mindfulness in Motion" into Portuguese, what unexpected challenges arose, and how were they addressed?
             10. Karen Williams and Dr. Russell discuss the imperfections in the writing journey. Can you share an instance where embracing imperfection led to a significant breakthrough in your work or personal development?  
             Keywords:   neuroscientist, clinical psychologist, martial arts, Shaolin kung fu, mindfulness techniques, brainwise techniques, non-fiction book writing, mindfulness, neuroscience, mindfulness practice, neurocognitive model, Tamara Russell books, embodied practice, mindfulness app, generative AI, writing advice, editing process, trauma-informed mindfulness, book translation challenges, Dragon Academy app, what colour is your dragon, books multiple income streams  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/59364423Thu, 11 Apr 2024 04:15:02 +0000Karen WilliamsToday, we have the immense pleasure of featuring Dr. Tamara Russell, a neuroscientist, clinical psychologist, martial arts expert, and an innovative force in the realm of well-being.    With her trailblazing books, ‘Mindfulness in Motion’, ‘#What is...
             With her trailblazing books, ‘Mindfulness in Motion’, ‘#What is Mindfulness?’, and ‘What Colour is Your Dragon?’, we delve into the importance of simplicity in writing.
             
             Tamara explores how she has bridged the gap between complex neuroscience and practical, accessible mindfulness practices.   Tamara shares how she has created multiple work and income streams from her writing, including launching a programme in Brazil. She gives us insights into her latest venture, the Dragon Academy App, providing layered content, exercises, audios, and live sessions catered to different levels of engagement.   
             
             We also discuss the exciting potential of generative AI in enhancing the mindfulness experience and the importance of authenticity and expert guidance in writing and teaching.  
             
              ** Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **
             
             Highlights  
             
             ** Non-fiction writing should simplify concepts without undermining their complexity, making them accessible to a broad audience **  
             
             ** Integration of digital resources with traditional learning can profoundly enhance the user's experience and retention **  
             
             ** Leveraging technology, like apps and AI, provides a dynamic platform for iterative learning and personalised content delivery **  
             
             Bio:   
             
             Dr. Tamara Russell is a neuroscientist, author, clinical psychologist, martial arts expert and leading innovator in the well-being space. She has helped people all around the world transform their lives using her ground-breaking applied brainwise techniques for living well. These applied translational neuroscience tools allow everyone the chance to make better decisions in line with their core values and live well.   
             
             With two PhDs and a black belt in Shaolin Kung Fu, Tamara's work integrates mind, brain and body in a totally unique approach to well-being and thriving that combines movement, neuroscience and creativity.   
             
             Her three core programs include Body in Mind Training, Brainwise Mindfulness and The Dragon Way to Mental Wealth (and for Families and Young People - What Colour is Your Dragon?). These programs have been offered across corporate, education, health and creative sectors, where Tamara teaches groups and individuals in the public and private sector how to thrive.   
             
             Tamara is involved in international research investigating how mindfulness changes the structure of the brain. She lectures in Neuroscience and Mindfulness at King's College London. She is regularly invited to speak on Mindfulness around the globe, appearing both on stage, radio and online. This work informs her applied translational neuroscience approach to well-being. Her organisation The Mindfulness Centre of Excellence was founded in 2011 after sharing the stage with His Holiness the Dalai Lama in Sao Paulo, Brazil at a symposium exploring how ancient contemplative technologies can inform the challenges of modern living.   
             
             Tamara is the author of three books Mindfulness in Motion, #whatismindfulness, and What Colour is Your Dragon?  
             
             Website: 
             
             https://mindbodymot.com and https://www.drtamararussell.com   
             
             Socials:    
             
             https://www.instagram.com/drtamararussell  
             
             Time...]]>2088false27fullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lessons-from-a-prolific-author-and-ghostwriter-with-cheryl-rickman-s2-e6--59186638
             In today's episode we delve into the fascinating world of ghostwriting and hear how Cheryl’s knack for capturing unique voices has resulted in outstanding successes, including a nonfiction chart-topper that propelled an author to industry authority status.
             
             Cheryl navigated her journey from business guides to the realms of positive psychology, where she not only became a qualified practitioner but brought invaluable insights into her self-published work, ‘The Flourish Handbook’. Her latest endeavour, ‘You Can Flourish’, delves deep into the landscape of human emotions and positive psychology.  
             
             You'll learn about her cherished project, ‘Three Lionesses’, her ethos on the importance of planning and structure in writing, and how her foray into ghostwriting has resulted in unexpected successes, such as her first book's boost from Anita Roddick's endorsement.  
             
             Get ready to absorb Cheryl's top writing tips, discover the transformative power of giving voice to others, and understand why she believes it's crucial to encourage more would-be authors to share their stories with the world. 
             
             ** Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
             
             Highlights  
             
             **Embrace the Ghost**: Cheryl dives into how ghostwriting can be a rewarding path for writers, providing a voice to others while learning and connecting with various fields.  
             
             **Write with Purpose**: By focusing on one point per paragraph, Cheryl underscores the importance of clear and concise writing. This simple but effective tip can elevate your writing, whether it’s a business proposal or your next bestseller.  
             
             **Beyond Words**: From being a Sunday Times bestselling ghostwriter to self-publishing ‘The Flourish Handbook’, Cheryl's journey illustrates the power of positioning and authentic voice in establishing authority and impacting lives.  
             
             Bio:   
             
             Cheryl Rickman is a Sunday Times bestselling ghostwriter and author of 27 non-fiction books across self-help, business, inspirational memoir, and mental health guidance. With 18 years’ experience of book-writing, Cheryl specialises in writing empowering, practical books to inspire, inform, and help people to fret less and flourish more. She is also a qualified Positive Psychology Practitioner and a Wellbeing Ambassador for the Network of Wellbeing.
             
             Specialist subjects include resilience, goal-achievement, building hope and self-compassion and her ‘superpower’ is turning complex topics and captivating life stories into practical easy-to-digest guidance mixed with inspirational life lessons.   
             
             Cheryl spent the first half of her career writing and ghostwriting business books to help people flourish at work and in business. The second part of her career has been spent working on books that help people flourish in life. Now, Cheryl is well-positioned to team up with inspirational high-profile people in the public-eye whose experiences highlight those much-needed life lessons.   
             
             Her most recent book is a children’s non-fiction book ghostwritten for three young elite athletes, called Three Lionesses: Find your team, boost self-belief and embrace your inner Lioness. This was a book idea Cheryl came up with after watching England’s Lionesses win the Euros Final in 2022. She wrote the book with Nikita Parris, Georgia Stanway and Ella Toone to help young people grow their confidence, achieve their goals and rise to challenges.   
             
             Website: 
             
             https://www.CherylRickman.co.uk   
             
             Socials:    
             
             https://www.instagram.com/wellbeingauthor 
             
             https://twitter.com/writeruk
             
             https://www.facebook.com/CherylRickmanAuthorGhostwriter   
             
             Time stamped overview:  
             
             00:00 Learning success secrets, pitching books, finding publishers.
             05:25 Author's forward by Anita Roddick boosts sales.
             07:32 Enjoying recent ghostwriting experience; inspired by resilient female footballers.
             10:28 Shift from business writing to positive psychology.
             13:31 Flourishing is about the whole spectrum of emotions.
             17:43 Finding confidence in writing multiple distinct voices.
             23:50 Timing to write a book pivotal for success.
             24:44 Collaboration and transcription help shape impactful content.
             27:57 Remember to stay focused on the point.  
             
             Discussion questions:  
             
             
             
             
             
             1. What initially drew Cheryl Rickman to the field of writing and ghostwriting?
             2. How has Cheryl's transition from writing business books to focusing on positive psychology and well-being topics affected the way she approaches her writing and ghostwriting projects?
             3. Cheryl discusses the importance of planning and avoiding overwriting—could you share a time when not following this advice impacted one of your projects, and what you learned from that experience?
             4. Can you elaborate on the collaborative nature of ghostwriting and share an instance where this dynamic led to an exceptionally rewarding outcome for both you and the author? 
             5. Cheryl mentioned one of her ghostwritten books reached number one in the nonfiction chart; considering the anonymity of ghostwriting, how does that success feel different from accolades received for books published under your own name?
             6. Regarding the writing tip of focusing on one point per paragraph, how has this approach enhanced the clarity and impact of your writing, particularly in conveying complex topics like diversity and inclusion? 
             7. As someone who has written a significant number of books, could you describe your process for 'data dump,' structuring, and capturing the author's voice in more detail? 
             8. Many people might not understand the value a ghostwriter brings to the table. How do you explain the unique skill set and benefits a ghostwriter offers to potential clients, especially in well-being and life guidance subjects?
             9. Having worked on a wide range of topics, from business to children's literature to well-being, what have been some of the most rewarding aspects of such diversity in your writing career?
             10. Cheryl, as a seasoned author and ghostwriter, what would be your number one piece of advice for someone looking to write their first book, whether on their own or through a ghostwriting partnership?  
             Keywords:   Cheryl Rickman, ghostwriting, passion project, planning in writing, overwriting issues, collaborative writing, establishing authority, writing tips, wellbeing author, publish books, positive psychology practitioner, self-publishing, The Flourish Handbook, inspirational women, You Can Flourish, writing process, writing confidence, book structure process, Sunday Times bestselling ghostwriter, nonfiction books author, small business startup workbook, Three Lionesses book  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/59186638Thu, 04 Apr 2024 04:15:01 +0000Karen WilliamsAs a Sunday Times bestselling author and seasoned ghostwriter, Cheryl Rickman has penned an impressive 27 nonfiction books, with specialties ranging from empowering business strategies to transformative well-being practices.  In today's episode we...
             In today's episode we delve into the fascinating world of ghostwriting and hear how Cheryl’s knack for capturing unique voices has resulted in outstanding successes, including a nonfiction chart-topper that propelled an author to industry authority status.
             
             Cheryl navigated her journey from business guides to the realms of positive psychology, where she not only became a qualified practitioner but brought invaluable insights into her self-published work, ‘The Flourish Handbook’. Her latest endeavour, ‘You Can Flourish’, delves deep into the landscape of human emotions and positive psychology.  
             
             You'll learn about her cherished project, ‘Three Lionesses’, her ethos on the importance of planning and structure in writing, and how her foray into ghostwriting has resulted in unexpected successes, such as her first book's boost from Anita Roddick's endorsement.  
             
             Get ready to absorb Cheryl's top writing tips, discover the transformative power of giving voice to others, and understand why she believes it's crucial to encourage more would-be authors to share their stories with the world. 
             
             ** Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
             
             Highlights  
             
             **Embrace the Ghost**: Cheryl dives into how ghostwriting can be a rewarding path for writers, providing a voice to others while learning and connecting with various fields.  
             
             **Write with Purpose**: By focusing on one point per paragraph, Cheryl underscores the importance of clear and concise writing. This simple but effective tip can elevate your writing, whether it’s a business proposal or your next bestseller.  
             
             **Beyond Words**: From being a Sunday Times bestselling ghostwriter to self-publishing ‘The Flourish Handbook’, Cheryl's journey illustrates the power of positioning and authentic voice in establishing authority and impacting lives.  
             
             Bio:   
             
             Cheryl Rickman is a Sunday Times bestselling ghostwriter and author of 27 non-fiction books across self-help, business, inspirational memoir, and mental health guidance. With 18 years’ experience of book-writing, Cheryl specialises in writing empowering, practical books to inspire, inform, and help people to fret less and flourish more. She is also a qualified Positive Psychology Practitioner and a Wellbeing Ambassador for the Network of Wellbeing.
             
             Specialist subjects include resilience, goal-achievement, building hope and self-compassion and her ‘superpower’ is turning complex topics and captivating life stories into practical easy-to-digest guidance mixed with inspirational life lessons.   
             
             Cheryl spent the first half of her career writing and ghostwriting business books to help people flourish at work and in business. The second part of her career has been spent working on books that help people flourish in life. Now, Cheryl is well-positioned to team up with inspirational high-profile people in the public-eye whose experiences highlight those much-needed life lessons.   
             
             Her most recent book is a children’s non-fiction book ghostwritten for three young elite athletes, called Three Lionesses: Find your team, boost self-belief and embrace your inner Lioness. This was a book idea Cheryl came up with after watching England’s Lionesses win the Euros Final in 2022. She wrote the book with Nikita Parris, Georgia Stanway and Ella Toone to help young people grow their confidence, achieve their goals and rise to challenges.   
             
             Website: 
             
             1514false26fullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-leverage-a-book-as-a-keynote-speaker-with-nick-fewings-s2-e5--59136147
             With over three decades of experience in cultivating high-performing teams, Nick used the COVID pandemic period to complete a project that people had been asking for him to write for years. After carrying out extensive research for the project, he encapsulated his wealth of knowledge in the bestseller ‘Team Lead Succeed’, which is being read across the globe from Alaska to Bali and it even caught the eye of a waitress in Majorca.
             
             Nick cleverly mastered the art of book marketing prior to its launch, engaging his audience through Instagram shares, poetic chapter previews, and even snapping pictures of his book with a pen for added theatrical effect.   
             
             We dive into the business side of book sales – it has increased his business by 66%. We explore Nick's emphasis on leveraging speaking engagements and the ripple effect his book has created in his career. With no such thing as a free speech, Nick has found innovative ways to negotiate beneficial deals that extend beyond financial gains.
             
               ** Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
             
             Highlights:   
             
             **Leverage Social Media Creatively**: Nick Fewings shared his book's journey across the globe via Instagram, nurturing an engaged and interactive reader community.   
             
             **Strategic Book Marketing**: Nick used unconventional strategies, including pre-launch sneak peeks and smart merchandise tagging, which led to a monumental 66% increase in related business.   
             
             **The Ripple Effect of a Book**: Writing "Team Lead Succeed" has intensified Nick's credibility and opened doors to numerous opportunities, proving that a book can significantly impact your career trajectory.   
             
             Bio:   
             
             Nick Fewings calls himself a Teamworkologist, someone who studies the dynamics of achieving high-performance teamwork, which he has done for over 30 years. He has facilitated teamwork around the world, working with 1,000s of individuals and 100s of teams. He is also a much sought after keynote speaker on the topic of teamwork, and has spoken at over 500 conferences worldwide.
             
             Website:
             
             https://ngagementworks.com/team-lead-succeed  
             
             Socials:   
             
             https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickfewings
             
             https://twitter.com/Nick_Fewings 
             
             https://www.instagram.com/nickfewings 
             
             https://www.facebook.com/Ngagementworks  
             
             Time stamped overview:
             
             00:00 Experienced teamworkologist writes book during lockdown.
             05:41 Book helps leaders and teams communicate effectively.
             10:04 Readers take photos of book around the world.
             14:18 Preparation and promotion for a book launch.
             18:17 Book marketing success: focus on bulk sales.
             19:12 Charging for speaking, finding value in marketing.
             24:28 Self-marketing after PR launch boosts book success.
             26:21 Seeking legacy and success through writing and speaking.
             29:48 Passion, credibility, knowledge, and testing your topic.  
             
             Discussion questions:
             
             
             
             
             
             1.   1. How did your strategy of sharing snippets and photos of "Team Lead Succeed" prior to its launch contribute to the book's early interest and success?
             2. Nick, can you elaborate on the impact that creative marketing techniques, such as photographing your book with a pen, had on your sales and overall brand visibility? 
             3. In what ways do you believe that targeting bulk sales and adding value through book sales at conferences have amplified your business, as highlighted by Karen Williams?
             4. You've mentioned charging for speaking engagements but negotiating for marketing value. Can you share some tips on how authors can effectively negotiate these terms? 
             5. Could you walk us through a specific example where giving away copies of "Team Lead Succeed" led to unexpected opportunities, such as your speaking engagement at the Houses of Parliament?
             6. Nick, your wife advised you to treat your book as a seed. What daily nurturing activities have you found most effective for growing the book's presence in the market?
             7. How have you leveraged the publication of "Team Lead Succeed" to gain writing opportunities with other publications, and what advice would you give to authors looking to do the same?
             8. You emphasised passion, knowledge, and credibility for aspiring authors. How did these elements play a role in your writing process and in receiving feedback from your readers? 
             9. Reflecting on your experience, what would you say has been the most surprising element of becoming a published author and how has the book changed your professional trajectory?
             10. Finally, what's one piece of wisdom you would like to impart to listeners of Business Book Bites looking to apply the high-performance teamwork principles from "Team Lead Succeed" to their own teams?  
             Keywords:   
             
             Nick Fewings, Team Lead Succeed book, global readership, Amazon books, book marketing strategies, unconventional book marketing, bulk book sales, keynote speeches, speaking engagements, book for publicity, author credibility, teamworkologist, high performance teamwork, pandemic lockdown writing, bestselling book, LinkedIn for authors, smart author system, librotas  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/59136147Thu, 28 Mar 2024 05:05:01 +0000Karen WilliamsWelcome to another episode where we distil the top insights from business authors to support your book writing and marketing success! I’m Karen Williams, your host, and in today’s episode I talk to Teamworkologist, Nick Fewings.  With over three...
             With over three decades of experience in cultivating high-performing teams, Nick used the COVID pandemic period to complete a project that people had been asking for him to write for years. After carrying out extensive research for the project, he encapsulated his wealth of knowledge in the bestseller ‘Team Lead Succeed’, which is being read across the globe from Alaska to Bali and it even caught the eye of a waitress in Majorca.
             
             Nick cleverly mastered the art of book marketing prior to its launch, engaging his audience through Instagram shares, poetic chapter previews, and even snapping pictures of his book with a pen for added theatrical effect.   
             
             We dive into the business side of book sales – it has increased his business by 66%. We explore Nick's emphasis on leveraging speaking engagements and the ripple effect his book has created in his career. With no such thing as a free speech, Nick has found innovative ways to negotiate beneficial deals that extend beyond financial gains.
             
               ** Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
             
             Highlights:   
             
             **Leverage Social Media Creatively**: Nick Fewings shared his book's journey across the globe via Instagram, nurturing an engaged and interactive reader community.   
             
             **Strategic Book Marketing**: Nick used unconventional strategies, including pre-launch sneak peeks and smart merchandise tagging, which led to a monumental 66% increase in related business.   
             
             **The Ripple Effect of a Book**: Writing "Team Lead Succeed" has intensified Nick's credibility and opened doors to numerous opportunities, proving that a book can significantly impact your career trajectory.   
             
             Bio:   
             
             Nick Fewings calls himself a Teamworkologist, someone who studies the dynamics of achieving high-performance teamwork, which he has done for over 30 years. He has facilitated teamwork around the world, working with 1,000s of individuals and 100s of teams. He is also a much sought after keynote speaker on the topic of teamwork, and has spoken at over 500 conferences worldwide.
             
             Website:
             
             https://ngagementworks.com/team-lead-succeed  
             
             Socials:   
             
             https://www.linkedin.com/in/nickfewings
             
             https://twitter.com/Nick_Fewings 
             
             https://www.instagram.com/nickfewings 
             
             https://www.facebook.com/Ngagementworks  
             
             Time stamped overview:
             
             00:00 Experienced teamworkologist writes book during lockdown.
             05:41 Book helps leaders and teams communicate effectively.
             10:04 Readers take photos of book around the world.
             14:18 Preparation and promotion for a book launch.
             18:17 Book marketing success: focus on bulk sales.
             19:12 Charging for speaking, finding value in marketing.
             24:28 Self-marketing after PR launch boosts book success.
             26:21 Seeking legacy and success through writing and speaking.
             29:48 Passion,...]]>1919false25fullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/turning-a-big-dream-into-a-bestseller-with-karen-haller-s2-e4--58985169
             Karen Haller is a bestselling author and the leading global expert in design and colour psychology, and in this episode she shares her inspiring journey in bringing her book idea to life.
             
             Whilst thinking about writing a book after identifying a gap in the market, Karen put together an outline and proposal. And, around the same time, due to her expert status and profile, she was approached by a publisher to write a book. This serendipitous and unexpected moment led to ‘The Little Book of Colour’, which was published by Penguin in 2019.  
             
             In our conversation, we explored Karen’s publishing journey and it’s important to note that getting a publishing deal doesn’t mean that a publisher will market your book. And although ‘The Little Book of Colour’ is not yet available in the US, it has been published in an impressive 14 languages.  
             
             Karen is achieving her big audacious goal of changing the way the world sees colour, and every day she receives messages from readers telling her how her book has impacted their lives. And, she now works with an unexpected market – designers who love her book – and together they work to achieve Karen’s goal.   
             
             In our interview, we talk about Karen’s writing strategy, confidence and why she had a launch party to mark the publication of her book.
             
             ** Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
             
             Highlights:  
             
             **Find Your Authentic Voice**: Karen's success began with her passion for colour and authenticity. Aspiring authors should embrace their unique voice and let their true selves permeate their work.
             
             **Celebrate Every Milestone**: From drafting to publication, each step in the book writing process is a victory. Karen emphasised the joy found in celebrating these achievements, no matter the size.  
             
             **Be Proactive in Marketing**: The path to getting your work recognised doesn't end with publication. Proactively marketing your book is crucial, as relying solely on publishers may fall short of expectations.
             
             Bio:
             
             Karen Haller FRSA, is the leading global expert in the field of Behavioural Design & Colour Psychology. Bestselling author of The Little Book of Colour, translated to date in 14 languages. Her mission is to raise awareness of how colour can transform our lives, allowing us to connect back to our authentic self.  
             
             Website:  https://thelittlebookofcolour.com   
             
             Socials:    
             
             https://www.instagram.com/karen_haller_colour
              
             https://twitter.com/KarenHaller  
             
             Time stamped overview:  
             
             00:00 Book's success in 14 languages surprises the author.
             04:41 Received opportunity from Penguin after book course.
             06:48 Preparation and support secured a successful book deal.
             11:04 Colour is a vessel for self-discovery.
             16:13 Author emphasises the importance of marking the occasion with a book launch.
             18:19 Book success: changed lives worldwide, colour empowerment.
             22:03 Promoting books and courses for designers' success.
             28:53 Confidence comes from courage and trust.
             30:50 Appreciative response with brevity.  
             
             Discussion questions:   
             
             
             
             
             
             1. How did Karen Haller's expertise in colour psychology pique the interest of journalists and lead to her recognition in the field?
             2. Can you elaborate on the journey Karen Haller took to realise that her book was more than just about colour, but a pathway to connecting with one's authentic self?
             3. How did Karen learn the value of not editing during the drafting process and what impact did this have on the natural evolution of her book? 
             4. In what ways did Karen actively participate in marketing her book, and how did these efforts complement or diverge from her publisher's actions?
             5. Karen Haller mentioned the significance of celebrating milestones. Could you share how such celebrations have personally contributed to her sense of accomplishment throughout her author journey?
             6. What role did support from others play in Karen Haller’s writing process and how did it help her during challenging times? 
             7. Given that ‘The Little Book of Colour’ has been translated into multiple languages and has a global reach, how does Karen Haller feel about the international impact of her work?
             8. What advice does Karen Haller have for aspiring authors, especially regarding courage and self-trust in the long journey of book writing and publishing? 
             9. Karen Haller spoke about her book's profound impact on people and designers. What does she believe is the key reason behind the book resonating so deeply with her audience? 
             10. As Karen Haller looks forward to potential future books and collaborations, how does she balance her integrity and focus with new opportunities that come her way?  
             
             Keywords: Karen Haller, colour psychology, book writing, author marketing, book launch party, bestselling author, The Little Book of Colour, design psychology, book translation, Penguin publishing, UK book market, author tips, inspiring authors, author mentoring program, book audience targeting, colour psychology, business book bites, karen williams, librotas  ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/58985169Thu, 21 Mar 2024 05:00:01 +0000Karen WilliamsWhen you have a big audacious goal, what’s the best way to share it? Well, you write a book, of course!   Karen Haller is a bestselling author and the leading global expert in design and colour psychology, and in this episode she shares her inspiring...
             Karen Haller is a bestselling author and the leading global expert in design and colour psychology, and in this episode she shares her inspiring journey in bringing her book idea to life.
             
             Whilst thinking about writing a book after identifying a gap in the market, Karen put together an outline and proposal. And, around the same time, due to her expert status and profile, she was approached by a publisher to write a book. This serendipitous and unexpected moment led to ‘The Little Book of Colour’, which was published by Penguin in 2019.  
             
             In our conversation, we explored Karen’s publishing journey and it’s important to note that getting a publishing deal doesn’t mean that a publisher will market your book. And although ‘The Little Book of Colour’ is not yet available in the US, it has been published in an impressive 14 languages.  
             
             Karen is achieving her big audacious goal of changing the way the world sees colour, and every day she receives messages from readers telling her how her book has impacted their lives. And, she now works with an unexpected market – designers who love her book – and together they work to achieve Karen’s goal.   
             
             In our interview, we talk about Karen’s writing strategy, confidence and why she had a launch party to mark the publication of her book.
             
             ** Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **  
             
             Highlights:  
             
             **Find Your Authentic Voice**: Karen's success began with her passion for colour and authenticity. Aspiring authors should embrace their unique voice and let their true selves permeate their work.
             
             **Celebrate Every Milestone**: From drafting to publication, each step in the book writing process is a victory. Karen emphasised the joy found in celebrating these achievements, no matter the size.  
             
             **Be Proactive in Marketing**: The path to getting your work recognised doesn't end with publication. Proactively marketing your book is crucial, as relying solely on publishers may fall short of expectations.
             
             Bio:
             
             Karen Haller FRSA, is the leading global expert in the field of Behavioural Design & Colour Psychology. Bestselling author of The Little Book of Colour, translated to date in 14 languages. Her mission is to raise awareness of how colour can transform our lives, allowing us to connect back to our authentic self.  
             
             Website:  https://thelittlebookofcolour.com   
             
             Socials:    
             
             https://www.instagram.com/karen_haller_colour
              
             https://twitter.com/KarenHaller  
             
             Time stamped overview:  
             
             00:00 Book's success in 14 languages surprises the author.
             04:41 Received opportunity from Penguin after book course.
             06:48 Preparation and support secured a successful book deal.
             11:04 Colour is a vessel for self-discovery.
             16:13 Author emphasises the importance of marking the occasion with a book launch.
             18:19 Book success: changed lives worldwide, colour empowerment.
             22:03 Promoting books and courses for designers' success.
             28:53 Confidence comes from courage and trust.
             30:50 Appreciative response with brevity.  
             
             Discussion questions:   
             
             
             
             
             
             1. How did Karen Haller's expertise in colour psychology pique the interest of journalists and lead to her...]]>1637false24fullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/confidently-claim-your-brand-with-janey-lee-grace-s2-e3--58976309
                We delve into Janey’s fascinating life, and chat about her first book, ‘Imperfectly Natural Woman’, the shock she experienced after publishing it, and the subsequent success she had after doing one thing to promote it, which meant that Waterstones were desperate to get their hands on copies.
                
                This book kick started her business and led to multiple books and publishing deals including one with Hay House. Her latest book is ‘Happy Healthy Sober’ based on her own experiences of giving up alcohol alongside valuable nutrition and lifestyle advice, and has led to her creating her Sober Community.  
                
                We explore valuable insights on promoting yourself, thinking ahead with your marketing, stepping into the spotlight and claiming your brand. This episode is packed with golden nuggets for anyone interested in the world of writing, publishing and entrepreneurship.
                
                Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2
                
                Highlights: 
                
                **Claim Your Brand**: Janey Lee Grace emphasised the significance of authors confidently embracing their personal brand. As she rightly put it, "You are the brand", and owning this identity is crucial for connecting with your audience and promoting your work effectively.
                
                **Plan Your PR Strategy**: Successful book promotion is all about strategic planning and proactive outreach. Start promoting your book from the moment you begin crafting it and remember, early engagement with potential platforms is essential for securing features and coverage.  
                
                **Leverage Your Story**: Sharing your personal story in a way that serves your readers is essential. Janey Lee Grace's success has been fuelled by transparently integrating her personal narrative into her books while keeping the focus on delivering value to her audience.
                
                Bio:    Janey Lee Grace is an Amazon No 1 best-selling author, speaker, and was co-presenter on the UK’s biggest radio show, BBC Radio 2’s Steve Wright in the Afternoon for 24 years. Formerly she was a backing singer with Wham!, Kim Wilde, and Boy George, and had her own number 8 chart hit as Cola Boy with 7 Ways to Love.
                
                Janey has written five books on Holistic living including the number one Amazon best-seller ‘Imperfectly Natural Woman’ and her latest book is ‘Happy Healthy Sober – Ditch the booze and take control of your life’, which encourages everyone to look again at their relationship with alcohol. And she runs The Sober Club, a platform offering a non-judgemental community for people who are committed to sobriety and want to ‘upscale’ their life without the booze and focus on health and wellbeing.
                
                Janey is passionate about encouraging people to ditch the chemicals, focus on great nutrition, selfcare, and finding their purpose as she found for herself that quitting the booze was the missing link in the ‘holistic living’ picture. 
                
                Website: www.thesoberclub.com and www.janeyleegrace.com 
                
                Socials: 
                
                https://www.instagram.com/janeyleegrace
                https://twitter.com/janeyleegrace
                https://www.facebook.com/janeyleegrace 
                
                Time stamped overview:
                
                00:00 Became known for holistic living on BBC.
                06:07 Self-promotion led to the book's success and impact.
                10:02 Book planning takes time, consider hybrid options.
                11:47 Memoir on sobriety, logic, and lifestyle approach.
                15:38 Learning to plan and edit writing. Authors' awards.
                19:36 Embrace your brand, understand your audience, focus.
                21:43 Effective book promotion must start early.
                24:12 Radio interview process: fame or expertise sought.  
                
                Discussion questions:   
                
                
                
                
                
                1. How did Janey Lee Grace's background as a singer and radio host contribute to her success as an author and speaker?
                2. What insights did Janey share about the process of getting approached to write her first book and the impact it had on her career?
                3. What role did personal experiences and passion play in Janey's decision to write books on holistic living and sobriety, and how did these topics become focal points of her work?
                4. What can aspiring authors learn from Janey's experience of working with different publishers and the impact it had on her writing and publishing journey? 
                5. How did Janey incorporate her personal story into her books, and what advice did she share about effectively sharing one's story as an author? 
                6. In what ways did Janey emphasise the importance of authors being visible and claiming their brand, and how did this visibility contribute to her success? 
                7. What were Janey's strategies for promoting her books and maintaining momentum after publication?
                8. How did Janey's books support her business and other ventures, and what advice did she offer about aligning a book with one's business goals?
                9. What insights did Janey share about the power of collaborative writing and including contributions from other experts in her books?
                10. In what ways did Janey's experience as an author shift her perception as an authority and expert in her field, and what impact did it have on her media appearances and opportunities? 
                Keywords: Janey Lee Grace, Karen Williams, Amazon number one bestselling author, speaker, BBC 2 radio, Steve Wright, Wham, Kim Wild, Boy George, Cola Boy, TEDx speaker, holistic living, the sober club, natural living, imperfectly natural woman, pr, marketing, book writing, imperfectly natural woman]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/58976309Thu, 14 Mar 2024 05:35:01 +0000Karen WilliamsWouldn’t it be great if you were contacted by a publisher and asked to write a book? This is exactly what happened to our latest guest. I’m Karen Williams, and in this week’s episode, I talk to the multi-talented Janey Lee Grace, an Amazon number one...
                We delve into Janey’s fascinating life, and chat about her first book, ‘Imperfectly Natural Woman’, the shock she experienced after publishing it, and the subsequent success she had after doing one thing to promote it, which meant that Waterstones were desperate to get their hands on copies.
                
                This book kick started her business and led to multiple books and publishing deals including one with Hay House. Her latest book is ‘Happy Healthy Sober’ based on her own experiences of giving up alcohol alongside valuable nutrition and lifestyle advice, and has led to her creating her Sober Community.  
                
                We explore valuable insights on promoting yourself, thinking ahead with your marketing, stepping into the spotlight and claiming your brand. This episode is packed with golden nuggets for anyone interested in the world of writing, publishing and entrepreneurship.
                
                Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2
                
                Highlights: 
                
                **Claim Your Brand**: Janey Lee Grace emphasised the significance of authors confidently embracing their personal brand. As she rightly put it, "You are the brand", and owning this identity is crucial for connecting with your audience and promoting your work effectively.
                
                **Plan Your PR Strategy**: Successful book promotion is all about strategic planning and proactive outreach. Start promoting your book from the moment you begin crafting it and remember, early engagement with potential platforms is essential for securing features and coverage.  
                
                **Leverage Your Story**: Sharing your personal story in a way that serves your readers is essential. Janey Lee Grace's success has been fuelled by transparently integrating her personal narrative into her books while keeping the focus on delivering value to her audience.
                
                Bio:    Janey Lee Grace is an Amazon No 1 best-selling author, speaker, and was co-presenter on the UK’s biggest radio show, BBC Radio 2’s Steve Wright in the Afternoon for 24 years. Formerly she was a backing singer with Wham!, Kim Wilde, and Boy George, and had her own number 8 chart hit as Cola Boy with 7 Ways to Love.
                
                Janey has written five books on Holistic living including the number one Amazon best-seller ‘Imperfectly Natural Woman’ and her latest book is ‘Happy Healthy Sober – Ditch the booze and take control of your life’, which encourages everyone to look again at their relationship with alcohol. And she runs The Sober Club, a platform offering a non-judgemental community for people who are committed to sobriety and want to ‘upscale’ their life without the booze and focus on health and wellbeing.
                
                Janey is passionate about encouraging people to ditch the chemicals, focus on great nutrition, selfcare, and finding their purpose as she found for herself that quitting the booze was the missing link in the ‘holistic living’ picture. 
                
                Website: www.thesoberclub.com and www.janeyleegrace.com 
                
                Socials: 
                
                https://www.instagram.com/janeyleegrace
                https://twitter.com/janeyleegrace
                1332false23fullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/building-a-business-ecosystem-around-your-book-with-john-lamerton-s2-e2--58887906
                How did he do this? He wrote a book – well four actually (with a fifth on the way). We delve into how penning his books changed his life when it became a business card on steroids.
                
                But if the process was easy, we probably wouldn’t be having this conversation. We talked about his first book which was a massive challenge, because he didn’t have a process and underestimated everything that needed to happen to turn his first draft into a published book. Then he found a book coach who helped him to get his book finished. He said never again after this first one, so when he later changed his mind, it made him create a process for it.
                
                We chatted about his book writing routine, why you need to be able to summarise your book in a one-liner and how your book needs to fit into your business ecosystem. And we delved into his marketing strategy, and what it takes to become a bestselling author.
                
                ** Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **
                
                Highlights:
                
                **Publishing Power**: Discover how writing a book can transform your business, create clarity in your message, and unlock doors to new and exciting opportunities.
                
                **Commitment is Key**: Learn about the discipline and planning that goes into book writing – it's not a sprint to the finish line, but rather a marathon that requires consistency and dedication.
                
                **Marketing Magic**: Uncover the critical importance of promoting your book and building a supportive ecosystem around it to create long-term client relationships and ongoing success.
                
                Bio:
                
                John Lamerton is a student of what works. He launched his first business in 2000 ‒an internet marketing company, despite knowing nothing about marketing, running a company, or ever owning a computer. He bought ‘Internet Marketing for Dummies’, read the book, and followed the instructions. Two decades (and more than 1,000 books later), he is still "reading the books" and "following the instructions". He is the author of four books ‒ ‘Big Ideas... for Small Businesses’, ‘Routine Machine’, ‘Evergreen Assets’, and ‘The False EXIT’.
                
                Website: https://www.bigidea.co.uk
                Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/johnlamerton
                
                Time stamped overview:
                
                03:17 Perfect moment turned into a legacy for kids.
                07:51 Underestimated effort, need for thorough planning.
                11:44 Crafting keynote speech by organising thoughts methodically.
                13:21 Effective communication: capture audience's attention and engage.
                18:36 Creating and selling books is hard work.
                21:49 Books create ecosystems leading to client conversion.
                24:43 Self-taught success, doubts about newfound lifestyle.
                27:56 Embracing the unknown, changing lives through book publishing.
                29:17 Condense book pitch to one precise message.
                34:02 Hard work and perfection: crucial for success.
                
                Discussion questions:
                
                1. How has networking with influential individuals impacted John's business and writing career?
                2. John's background is one of humble origins and self-learning. How does this influence his approach to business and writing?
                3. Karen, you mentioned that publishing your book was a turning point. Can both of you share how writing a book can redefine a professional's career path?
                4. How has refining your book's message during the writing process affected the final product?
                5. John keeps a journal of book ideas. Why is continually generating ideas important, and how should one manage them?
                6. Robert Kiyosaki's best-selling author approach was mentioned. How has this influenced your strategies for selling and marketing your books?
                7. Writing a book doesn't automatically attract readers. What marketing techniques have you found to be the most successful?
                8. Can you explain the concept of creating an ecosystem around a book and its role in fostering client relationships?
                9. After publishing a successful first book, what insights can you provide authors approaching their second book?
                10. Could you both give your perspective on setting expectations for book sales and understanding the realities of royalties?
                
                Keywords: John Lamerton, Karen Williams, famous author, business connections, self-taught entrepreneur, book publishing, message clarity, writing process, book planning, book marketing, book ecosystem, long-term client relationships, Robert Kiyosaki, book promotion, book writing challenges, book coach, writing framework, keynote speech integration, book royalties, first business, marketing knowledge, Big Ideas for Small Businesses, Routine Machine, Evergreen Assets, The False Exit, entrepreneur legacy, podcasting, book writing improvement, ChatGPT]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/58887906Thu, 07 Mar 2024 05:05:01 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today’s episode I talk to John Lamerton, a normal bloke from Plymouth who now spends his time with millionaires and industry giants.  How did he do this? He wrote a book – well four actually (with a fifth on the way). We delve into how penning his...
                How did he do this? He wrote a book – well four actually (with a fifth on the way). We delve into how penning his books changed his life when it became a business card on steroids.
                
                But if the process was easy, we probably wouldn’t be having this conversation. We talked about his first book which was a massive challenge, because he didn’t have a process and underestimated everything that needed to happen to turn his first draft into a published book. Then he found a book coach who helped him to get his book finished. He said never again after this first one, so when he later changed his mind, it made him create a process for it.
                
                We chatted about his book writing routine, why you need to be able to summarise your book in a one-liner and how your book needs to fit into your business ecosystem. And we delved into his marketing strategy, and what it takes to become a bestselling author.
                
                ** Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2 **
                
                Highlights:
                
                **Publishing Power**: Discover how writing a book can transform your business, create clarity in your message, and unlock doors to new and exciting opportunities.
                
                **Commitment is Key**: Learn about the discipline and planning that goes into book writing – it's not a sprint to the finish line, but rather a marathon that requires consistency and dedication.
                
                **Marketing Magic**: Uncover the critical importance of promoting your book and building a supportive ecosystem around it to create long-term client relationships and ongoing success.
                
                Bio:
                
                John Lamerton is a student of what works. He launched his first business in 2000 ‒an internet marketing company, despite knowing nothing about marketing, running a company, or ever owning a computer. He bought ‘Internet Marketing for Dummies’, read the book, and followed the instructions. Two decades (and more than 1,000 books later), he is still "reading the books" and "following the instructions". He is the author of four books ‒ ‘Big Ideas... for Small Businesses’, ‘Routine Machine’, ‘Evergreen Assets’, and ‘The False EXIT’.
                
                Website: https://www.bigidea.co.uk
                Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/johnlamerton
                
                Time stamped overview:
                
                03:17 Perfect moment turned into a legacy for kids.
                07:51 Underestimated effort, need for thorough planning.
                11:44 Crafting keynote speech by organising thoughts methodically.
                13:21 Effective communication: capture audience's attention and engage.
                18:36 Creating and selling books is hard work.
                21:49 Books create ecosystems leading to client conversion.
                24:43 Self-taught success, doubts about newfound lifestyle.
                27:56 Embracing the unknown, changing lives through book publishing.
                29:17 Condense book pitch to one precise message.
                34:02 Hard work and perfection: crucial for success.
                
                Discussion questions:
                
                1. How has networking with influential individuals impacted John's business and writing career?
                2. John's background is one of humble origins and self-learning. How does this influence his approach to business and writing?
                3. Karen, you mentioned that publishing your book was a turning point. Can both of you share how writing a book can redefine a professional's career path?
                4. How has refining your book's message during the writing process affected the final product?
                5. John...]]>2271false22fullhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/insider-secrets-of-bestselling-authors-s2-e1--58819044
                   Karen shares the best bits from the upcoming interviews, focusing on the secrets of successful authors. The new series delves deep into the book writing journey, publishing experiences, marketing strategies, and power of networking for business authors. Get ready for an inspiring and informative series that will equip you with the tools to make a bigger impact in the world of business and writing.
                   
                    Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2
                   
                   Highlights:
                   
                   ** Planning **: Successful authors emphasise the importance of creating a solid plan for their books. Whether it's post-it notes, flip charts, or working with mentors, planning is crucial to a smooth writing and publishing process.
                   
                   ** Personal Experience **: Every author interviewed for the second series has had a personal experience that drove them to write their book. Their personal stories and insights are what drive the message and passion behind their writing.
                   
                   ** Marketing and Promotion **: It's not just about writing a great book, but also about actively marketing and promoting it. From storytelling to making valuable connections, successful authors find creative ways to get the word out about their books.
                   
                   Bio:
                   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well. With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.
                   
                   Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage your Critic, was published in 2016. Sheryl works alongside Karen at Librotas, supporting the writing retreats in Spain, Author’s Journey interviews, and conversations like this!
                   
                   Website: https://librotas.com
                   
                   Socials:
                   https://www.facebook.com/librotas
                   https://x.com/librotas
                   https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/
                   https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas
                   https://www.youtube.com/@librotas
                   
                   Time stamped overview:
                   
                   00:00 Started podcast after years, enjoyed the learning process.
                   04:54 Interview with author highlights the importance of planning.
                   06:57 Writing brings self-awareness; personal experiences guide the process.
                   10:24 Successful authors must sell and promote books.
                   12:59 Connections and mindset vital for success.
                   
                   Discussion questions:
                   
                   1. How does Karen's experience as an author and host of the podcast Business Book Bites influence the direction and content of the show?
                   2. From the conversation, what are the key reasons Karen decided to pursue a second series of Business Book Bites, and how does this align with her goals for the podcast?
                   3. Various authors have taken different routes to publishing their books, including self-publishing, hybrid publishing, and traditional publishing. What are some of the insights shared by the authors interviewed regarding their publishing journeys?
                   4. What role does personal experience play in driving authors to write their books, and how does it influence the content and authenticity of their work?
                   5. In the context of book planning, what are some of the challenges and benefits of having a well-structured plan, as highlighted by the interviewees?
                   6. How do the interviewees discuss the importance of storytelling and sharing personal experiences in their books, and what impact does this have on their writing and connection with readers?
                   7. Based on the discussion around marketing and promotion of books, what are some unexpected methods that the authors have used to effectively promote their work, and what insights have been shared about the necessity of ongoing book promotion?
                   8. What has been the role of connections and relationships in the success of the interviewed authors, as well as their approach to expanding the reach of their books?
                   9. From the perspective of an aspiring author or podcast listener, how can the insights shared in the episode contribute to a deeper understanding of the challenges and opportunities in the world of book publishing and promotion?
                   10. As a result of this conversation, what are the expectations for the upcoming series of Business Book Bites, and how might the lessons shared by the authors influence the perspectives and strategies of Karen as host of the show?
                   
                   Keywords:
                   
                   Karen Williams, Business Book Bites podcast, Bestselling author, Book marketing, writing retreat, Sheryl Andrews, Author, Marketing experts, Successful authors, Book publishing, Self-publishing, Hybrid publishing, Traditional publishing, Author promotion, Marketing plan, book ecosystem, book coaching, book mentoring, Book promotion strategies, Book tour, the book mentor, librotas]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/58819044Thu, 29 Feb 2024 05:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsWelcome to the podcast where we give you a bite-sized taste of the insights and strategies from successful authors and business experts. In this episode, hosts Karen Williams and Sheryl Andrews discuss the upcoming second series of Business Book...
                   Karen shares the best bits from the upcoming interviews, focusing on the secrets of successful authors. The new series delves deep into the book writing journey, publishing experiences, marketing strategies, and power of networking for business authors. Get ready for an inspiring and informative series that will equip you with the tools to make a bigger impact in the world of business and writing.
                   
                    Want the Best Bits from all our episodes in series two? Go to www.librotas.com/bbb2
                   
                   Highlights:
                   
                   ** Planning **: Successful authors emphasise the importance of creating a solid plan for their books. Whether it's post-it notes, flip charts, or working with mentors, planning is crucial to a smooth writing and publishing process.
                   
                   ** Personal Experience **: Every author interviewed for the second series has had a personal experience that drove them to write their book. Their personal stories and insights are what drive the message and passion behind their writing.
                   
                   ** Marketing and Promotion **: It's not just about writing a great book, but also about actively marketing and promoting it. From storytelling to making valuable connections, successful authors find creative ways to get the word out about their books.
                   
                   Bio:
                   Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well. With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.
                   
                   Sheryl Andrews is The Listening Detective and is known for helping you do more of what you love and ditch the critic that says you can’t. Sheryl spends her time supporting individuals to work, learn and live at their best, both independently and in groups, and her first book, Manage your Critic, was published in 2016. Sheryl works alongside Karen at Librotas, supporting the writing retreats in Spain, Author’s Journey interviews, and conversations like this!
                   
                   Website: https://librotas.com
                   
                   Socials:
                   https://www.facebook.com/librotas
                   https://x.com/librotas
                   https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas/
                   https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas
                   https://www.youtube.com/@librotas
                   
                   Time stamped overview:
                   
                   00:00 Started podcast after years, enjoyed the learning process.
                   04:54 Interview with author highlights the importance of planning.
                   06:57 Writing brings self-awareness; personal experiences guide the process.
                   10:24 Successful authors must sell and promote books.
                   12:59 Connections and mindset vital for success.955false21fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
                   Our podcast host, Karen Williams, finds herself in the hot seat again, being interviewed by Sheryl Andrews for this final episode of series one.
                   
                   In this episode, Karen shares her experience and reveals what worked, what didn't, and what she learned from her recent Amazon Bestseller book launch for Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner. As a seasoned author with many bestsellers under her belt, Karen provides valuable insights and advice for anyone looking to launch their own book.
                   
                   Join us as we discuss the importance of having a plan, the ripple effect of a book launch, building a supportive network, and the post-launch strategy.
                   
                   FREE BONUS: You can get all the free bonuses from our podcast guests at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                   
                   GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                   
                   Guest: Karen Williams
                   
                   Bio: Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well. With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.
                   
                   Website: http://www.librotas.com
                   
                   Socials:
                   
                   https://www.facebook.com/librotas
                   https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas
                   
                   Key topics and bullets:
                   
                   Primary Topic: What worked in the book launch
                   
                   • Having a plan in place
                   • Following a documented process
                   • Adapting and updating the process
                   • Becoming an Amazon bestseller
                   • Allowing enough time for the launch
                   • Getting support from others
                   Primary Topic: Importance of working towards Amazon bestseller
                   
                   • Creating a ripple effect and reaching more people
                   • Increased book sales and visibility
                   • Building a network for support
                   • Not doing the launch alone
                   Primary Topic: Building an ongoing marketing strategy
                   
                   • Planning for post-launch activities
                   • Adding elements into existing systems
                   • Continuing to do podcast interviews and other promotional activities
                   • Having a plan in mind, even if not yet written down
                   • Documenting plans for intensifying activities and getting team support
                   Primary Topic: Wibbles and wobbles in the book launch
                   
                   • Not accurately estimating the time required for certain tasks
                   • Potential disappointment if Amazon bestseller status is not achieved
                   • Challenges in maintaining focus and planning post-launch activities
                   Time stamped overview:
                   
                   00:02:17 Not enough time, but Amazon bestseller important.
                   00:04:26 Building networks, seeking support key to success.
                   00:09:32 Team discussed pros and cons, impact considered.
                   00:10:59 Life is unpredictable, take action now.
                   00:14:21 Learning from mistakes, embracing resilience and reflection.
                   00:17:41 Ask for help, choose launch style, celebrate achievement.
                   
                   Discussion questions:
                   
                   1. How important is having a plan in place for a successful book launch?
                   2. What are the benefits of becoming an Amazon bestseller?
                   3. How can a book launch create a ripple effect and reach more people?
                   4. What role does building a network and asking for help play in a successful book launch?
                   5. Why is it important to have a strategy for marketing after the initial book launch?
                   6. How can documenting and sharing your post-launch plan help in receiving support and assistance?
                   7. What are some potential pitfalls or challenges in a book launch?
                   8. How can authors avoid exhaustion and maintain momentum after a launch?
                   9. What are the advantages of having a long-term marketing strategy for a book?
                   10. How can the experiences shared in this episode help authors feel supported and prepared for their own book launches?
                   Keywords: book launch, Amazon Bestseller, plan, Book Marketing Made Simple, Book Marketing Planner, podcast, street team, Amazon launch, podcast interviews, book marketing strategy, radio interview, business show, book promotion, book marketing
                   
                   
                   ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/57177793Thu, 12 Oct 2023 04:00:03 +0000Karen WilliamsWelcome to this episode where we dive into the wibbles and wobbles of holding a book launch. Our podcast host, Karen Williams, finds herself in the hot seat again, being interviewed by Sheryl Andrews for this final episode of series one. In this...
                   Our podcast host, Karen Williams, finds herself in the hot seat again, being interviewed by Sheryl Andrews for this final episode of series one.
                   
                   In this episode, Karen shares her experience and reveals what worked, what didn't, and what she learned from her recent Amazon Bestseller book launch for Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner. As a seasoned author with many bestsellers under her belt, Karen provides valuable insights and advice for anyone looking to launch their own book.
                   
                   Join us as we discuss the importance of having a plan, the ripple effect of a book launch, building a supportive network, and the post-launch strategy.
                   
                   FREE BONUS: You can get all the free bonuses from our podcast guests at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                   
                   GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                   
                   Guest: Karen Williams
                   
                   Bio: Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well. With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.
                   
                   Website: http://www.librotas.com
                   
                   Socials:
                   
                   https://www.facebook.com/librotas
                   https://twitter.com/librotas https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas
                   
                   Key topics and bullets:
                   
                   Primary Topic: What worked in the book launch
                   
                   • Having a plan in place
                   • Following a documented process
                   • Adapting and updating the process
                   • Becoming an Amazon bestseller
                   • Allowing enough time for the launch
                   • Getting support from others
                   Primary Topic: Importance of working towards Amazon bestseller
                   
                   • Creating a ripple effect and reaching more people
                   • Increased book sales and visibility
                   • Building a network for support
                   • Not doing the launch alone
                   Primary Topic: Building an ongoing marketing strategy
                   
                   • Planning for post-launch activities
                   • Adding elements into existing systems
                   • Continuing to do podcast interviews and other promotional activities
                   • Having a plan in mind, even if not yet written down
                   • Documenting plans for intensifying activities and getting team support
                   Primary Topic: Wibbles and wobbles in the book launch
                   
                   • Not accurately estimating the time required for certain tasks
                   • Potential disappointment if Amazon bestseller status is not achieved
                   • Challenges in maintaining focus and planning post-launch activities
                   Time stamped overview:
                   
                   00:02:17 Not enough time, but Amazon bestseller important.
                   00:04:26 Building networks, seeking support key to success.
                   00:09:32 Team discussed...]]>1212false112fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
                   DiElle began her career in music, specifically singing, honing her skills and knowledge in voice care from a young age. Alongside her singing career, DiElle also ventured into teaching, helping others unlock their vocal potential. But it was at a business training event that everything changed for DiElle. She had an opportunity to assist an international speaker with his voice, revolutionising how he delivered his programme. This experience opened her eyes to the lack of training that speakers receive when it comes to their voice.
                   
                   In our interview, DiElle dives deep into the importance of vocal fitness, offering practical exercises and tips to improve voice modulation and pitch range. She also highlights the impact of vocal health in business settings, such as interviews and videos. So, if you're a business owner looking to enhance your voice and make a genuine human connection, this episode is for you.
                   
                   FREE BONUS:
                   
                   ‘Your Business Your Voice’. You can download DiElle’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                   
                   GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                   
                   Guest: DiElle Hannah
                   
                   Bio: A shy child who just wanted to be invisible, DiElle fell in love with singing at a young age and was thrust into the limelight at the age of 8. In order to pursue that passion, DiElle had to learn how to be confident and hold the stage. Discovering a passion also for people in her working life, DiElle began teaching alongside her singing career.
                   
                   In response to requests for help from speakers as well as singers, DiElle has refined her training resources to also help speakers to feel like a rock star when they step onto the stage or into the studio. DiElle is a candid coach with a passion for all things voice, having worked with local school teachers and yoga instructors, business owners and international speakers.
                   
                   Website: www.ignitenow.info
                   
                   Link to DiElle’s audiobook:
                   
                   https://books.apple.com/gb/audiobook/voice-care-and-training-for-speakers-the-ultimate/id1645436957
                   
                   Socials: www.Facebook.com/VocalMasteryForSpeakers www.Twitter.com/Studio_VO www.linkedin.com/in/diellemusicuk
                   
                   Time stamped overview:
                   
                   00:01:03 Musician discovers love for teaching and business. 00:08:18 Audiobooks can reach more people, increase sales.
                   00:11:36 Regular vocal workouts are crucial for singers. Building stamina, flexibility, and strength allows for greater expression and impact. It is important for both musicians and speakers to maintain a fit and strong voice for genuine connection with the audience.
                   00:16:32 Breathe deeply, expand vocal range exercise.
                   00:21:52 Exercising voice regularly helps build stamina and flexibility.
                   00:24:01 Struggling with illness, need rest but doesn't work.
                   
                   Discussion questions:
                   
                   1. How does DiElle Hannah's background in music, particularly singing, contribute to her understanding of voice care and expression for business owners?
                   2. How did attending a business training event and helping an international speaker with his voice transform DiElle Hannah's career path?
                   3. Why do you think vocal training is often overlooked or undervalued for business owners, despite its significance in effective communication?
                   4. What are the advantages of having an audiobook as a product for business owners? How can it help them reach a broader audience?
                   5. How can vocal fitness impact a speaker's overall performance and delivery? Why is it important for business owners to prioritize their vocal health?
                   6. DiElle Hannah mentions specific remedies for vocal issues, such as dehydration and overuse. How can these remedies be incorporated into a business owner's routine to maintain vocal health?
                   7. What are some benefits of deep breathing for effective speaking? How can it enhance vocal production and control?
                   8. DiElle Hannah discusses exercises to improve vocal strength, flexibility, and pitch range. How can incorporating these exercises into a regular routine benefit business owners in terms of communicating with confidence and impact?
                   9. Why is vocal stamina crucial for speakers and singers, especially during intense periods of speaking or performing? How can building vocal strength and endurance enhance one's overall expressiveness and authenticity?
                   10. How does working on one's voice contribute to a business owner's personal and professional growth? In what ways can vocal improvement lead to discovering one's full potential?
                   Keywords: voice care, international speakers, vocal fitness, audiobooks, physical book, vocal issues, vocalzones, deep breathing, breath control, vocal cord development, voice modulation, vocal confidence, public speaking, vocal stamina, vocal workouts, vocal health, voice issues, speaking tips]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/57142588Mon, 09 Oct 2023 04:00:04 +0000Karen WilliamsHave you ever thought about how important your voice is to deliver your wisdom and expertise? If you haven’t or you know you need to care for your voice better, you will love today’s interview. I’m Karen Williams, The Book Mentor, and today I am...
                   DiElle began her career in music, specifically singing, honing her skills and knowledge in voice care from a young age. Alongside her singing career, DiElle also ventured into teaching, helping others unlock their vocal potential. But it was at a business training event that everything changed for DiElle. She had an opportunity to assist an international speaker with his voice, revolutionising how he delivered his programme. This experience opened her eyes to the lack of training that speakers receive when it comes to their voice.
                   
                   In our interview, DiElle dives deep into the importance of vocal fitness, offering practical exercises and tips to improve voice modulation and pitch range. She also highlights the impact of vocal health in business settings, such as interviews and videos. So, if you're a business owner looking to enhance your voice and make a genuine human connection, this episode is for you.
                   
                   FREE BONUS:
                   
                   ‘Your Business Your Voice’. You can download DiElle’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                   
                   GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                   
                   Guest: DiElle Hannah
                   
                   Bio: A shy child who just wanted to be invisible, DiElle fell in love with singing at a young age and was thrust into the limelight at the age of 8. In order to pursue that passion, DiElle had to learn how to be confident and hold the stage. Discovering a passion also for people in her working life, DiElle began teaching alongside her singing career.
                   
                   In response to requests for help from speakers as well as singers, DiElle has refined her training resources to also help speakers to feel like a rock star when they step onto the stage or into the studio. DiElle is a candid coach with a passion for all things voice, having worked with local school teachers and yoga instructors, business owners and international speakers.
                   
                   Website: www.ignitenow.info
                   
                   Link to DiElle’s audiobook:
                   
                   https://books.apple.com/gb/audiobook/voice-care-and-training-for-speakers-the-ultimate/id1645436957
                   
                   Socials: www.Facebook.com/VocalMasteryForSpeakers www.Twitter.com/Studio_VO www.linkedin.com/in/diellemusicuk
                   
                   Time stamped overview:
                   
                   00:01:03 Musician discovers love for teaching and business. 00:08:18 Audiobooks can reach more people, increase sales.
                   00:11:36 Regular vocal workouts are crucial for singers. Building stamina, flexibility, and strength allows for greater expression and impact. It is important for both musicians and speakers to maintain a fit and strong voice for genuine connection with the audience.
                   00:16:32 Breathe deeply, expand vocal range exercise.
                   00:21:52 Exercising voice regularly helps build stamina and flexibility.
                   00:24:01 Struggling with illness, need rest but doesn't work.
                   
                   Discussion questions:
                   
                   1. How does DiElle Hannah's background in music, particularly singing, contribute to her understanding of voice care and expression for business owners?
                   2. How did...]]>1635false111fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
                      Delving into the topic of companion books, Naomi explains the concept of low content books, the importance for coaches, consultants and therapists, and how they differ from traditional fiction or nonfiction books.
                      
                      She also explores the benefits of journals and planners for marketing and learning. They offer added value, helping readers engage with the content, retain knowledge, and reinforce concepts. They are great goal-setting tools and aid in tracking progress. Additionally, they also serve as a form of marketing, keeping the business at the forefront of their clients' minds.
                      
                      FREE BONUS: ‘Branded journals masterplan’. You can download Naomi’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                      
                      GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                      
                      Guest: Naomi Jane Johnson
                      
                      Bio: Naomi Jane Johnson is a digital designer and course creator with particular expertise in low-content book design (journals, planners, workbooks) and custom merchandise design. Her offers include a wide range of digital products and affordable design-based services and training, enabling clients to increase online visibility and boost income in a variety of ways. She loves working with small businesses to help them create high-quality products and resources that showcase their expertise to the highest potential.
                      
                      Website: https://naomijanejohnson.co.uk
                      https://designedbynaomi.shop
                      
                      Socials: www.facebook.com/naomijanejohnson
                      www.Instagram.com/naomijanejohnson
                      www.linkedin.com/in/naomijanejohnson www.twitter.com/naomijjohnson
                      www.pinterest.com/naomijanejohnson
                      
                      Key topics and bullets:
                      
                      • Introduction of Naomi Jane Johnson and her expertise in digital design and low content books
                      • Naomi's background and journey as an online business owner
                      • The concept of low content books and their characteristics
                      • The benefits of companion books for coaches, consultants, and therapists
                      • Definition and explanation of companion books
                      • The role of companion books in marketing a business book
                      • How companion books help readers in their learning and retention of knowledge
                      • Interactive and reflective aspects of companion books - The reinforcement mechanism of writing things down
                      • Goal setting and progress tracking with companion books
                      
                      Time stamped overview:
                      
                      00:01:00 Online business owner with diverse ventures.
                      00:03:42 Low content books: text-light, writing-friendly, repetitive pages.
                      00:07:03 Writing aids understanding, retention, and application.
                      00:11:54 Promote books on Amazon with A+ Content.
                      00:15:47 Digital planner alternatives for Kindle, Flipbook explanations.
                      00:19:41 Debunking myths about designing and selling journals.
                      00:20:46 Books can lead to more opportunities.
                      
                      Discussion questions:
                      
                      1. How did Naomi Jane Johnson transition from her background in science to becoming a digital designer specialising in low content books?
                      2. What is a low content book and what are some examples of low content books?
                      3. How can companion books, such as journals or planners, support the marketing of a business book?
                      4. What benefits do readers gain from using companion books alongside a business book?
                      5. How can companion books facilitate the application and practical implementation of ideas from a business book?
                      6. What role does writing notes and engaging with a companion book play in helping readers retain knowledge?
                      7. Can you share any research or findings about the effectiveness of writing notes to strengthen neural connections in the brain?
                      8. Why do some people find it easier to remember and understand information when they write it down?
                      9. How can a companion book serve as a tool for goal setting and tracking progress?
                      10. What are some strategies for leveraging companion books to enhance the reading experience and provide additional value to readers?
                      
                      Keywords: companion books, Naomi Jane Johnson, digital designer, course creator, low content books, custom merchandise design, digital products, boost income, business book planner, book writing journal, Book Marketing Planner, social media management, video creation, journals, planners, notebooks, marketing, subliminal marketing, book bundle, goal setting, tracking progress, A+ content, Amazon books
                      
                      ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/56982027Thu, 05 Oct 2023 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsWelcome to another episode! I’m Karen Williams, The Book Mentor, and in this episode, I am joined by Naomi Jane Johnson. Naomi's expertise lies in helping business owners create high-quality products and resources that showcase their expertise and...
                      Delving into the topic of companion books, Naomi explains the concept of low content books, the importance for coaches, consultants and therapists, and how they differ from traditional fiction or nonfiction books.
                      
                      She also explores the benefits of journals and planners for marketing and learning. They offer added value, helping readers engage with the content, retain knowledge, and reinforce concepts. They are great goal-setting tools and aid in tracking progress. Additionally, they also serve as a form of marketing, keeping the business at the forefront of their clients' minds.
                      
                      FREE BONUS: ‘Branded journals masterplan’. You can download Naomi’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                      
                      GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                      
                      Guest: Naomi Jane Johnson
                      
                      Bio: Naomi Jane Johnson is a digital designer and course creator with particular expertise in low-content book design (journals, planners, workbooks) and custom merchandise design. Her offers include a wide range of digital products and affordable design-based services and training, enabling clients to increase online visibility and boost income in a variety of ways. She loves working with small businesses to help them create high-quality products and resources that showcase their expertise to the highest potential.
                      
                      Website: https://naomijanejohnson.co.uk
                      https://designedbynaomi.shop
                      
                      Socials: www.facebook.com/naomijanejohnson
                      www.Instagram.com/naomijanejohnson
                      www.linkedin.com/in/naomijanejohnson www.twitter.com/naomijjohnson
                      www.pinterest.com/naomijanejohnson
                      
                      Key topics and bullets:
                      
                      • Introduction of Naomi Jane Johnson and her expertise in digital design and low content books
                      • Naomi's background and journey as an online business owner
                      • The concept of low content books and their characteristics
                      • The benefits of companion books for coaches, consultants, and therapists
                      • Definition and explanation of companion books
                      • The role of companion books in marketing a business book
                      • How companion books help readers in their learning and retention of knowledge
                      • Interactive and reflective aspects of companion books - The reinforcement mechanism of writing things down
                      • Goal setting and progress tracking with companion books
                      
                      Time stamped overview:
                      
                      00:01:00 Online business owner with diverse ventures.
                      00:03:42 Low content books: text-light, writing-friendly, repetitive pages.
                      00:07:03 Writing aids understanding, retention, and application.
                      00:11:54 Promote books on...]]>1225false110fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
                      I’m Karen Williams, your host, and I’m joined by Sam Pearce, a former commercial graphic designer with over 20 years of corporate design experience.
                      
                      In my role as The Book Mentor and as an author myself, I’ve worked with Sam for many years. Through her business, SWATT Books, Sam takes authors through the entire publishing process, providing them with the same level of support and expertise as a traditional publisher, whilst ensuring they retain full control and ownership of their work. This means that they can repurpose their content and use it to propel their business forward.
                      
                      This episode is packed with valuable insights for authors who are looking to take their self-publishing journey to the next level and who want to ensure new readers find their book.
                      
                      FREE BONUS: ‘Metadata Made Easy Template’. You can download Sam’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                      
                      GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                      
                      Guest: Sam Pearce
                      
                      Bio: Formerly a commercial graphic designer with over 20 years of corporate design experience both in the UK and Canada, Sam started applying her passion for typography and layout to the art of books back in 2012. Since then, she has been involved in the design and publication of over 200 books. These encompass a wide range of genres from business guides and self-help books to children’s stories and fantasy fiction. Sam founded SWATT Books to provide independent authors with a way of being self-published that is credible, professional and ethical. Sam lives near Stonehenge with her husband Nathan, and cat Carmen.
                      
                      Website: https://swatt-books.co.uk
                      
                      Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sampearceswattbooks https://www.facebook.com/SWATTBooks https://www.instagram.com/swattbooks
                      
                      
                      Key topics and bullets:
                      
                      • Introduction of Sam Pearce as a commercial graphic designer turned independent author and self-publishing expert
                      • Sam's approach to self-publishing and the benefits it offers to authors, particularly business book writers
                      • The role of Nielsen as the official ISBN agency for the UK and Ireland and their support for self-published authors
                      • The importance of owning ISBN numbers for broader distribution and control over book publishing rights
                      • The limitations of relying solely on Amazon for book distribution
                      • The global distribution network of Ingram Spark, a major print on demand distributor, and the importance of reaching beyond Amazon
                      • The growing backlash against Amazon and the preference of some readers to support local businesses
                      • The significance of integrating Nielsen's services into self-publishing to reach a wider audience and support local bookstores
                      • The option for readers to order books published through Ingram Spark from local bookstores
                      Time stamped overview:
                      
                      00:02:23 Self-publishing gives full control and flexibility.
                      00:04:00 Nielsen manages ISBN numbers, crucial for book distribution.
                      00:07:24 Amazon offers worldwide distribution through KDP, but not everyone supports them due to their impact on independent bookstores. 40% of business owners surveyed don't buy books on Amazon.
                      00:10:38 Nielsen Title Editor strengthens book copyright worldwide.
                      00:16:43 Organic search expands business; metadata is crucial.
                      00:19:05 Metadata template for ultimate guide to filling in fields. International ISBN agencies listed on International ISBN Organization website.
                      00:22:17 Update metadata to increase book sales.
                      
                      Discussion questions:
                      
                      1. How does self-publishing through a company like Nielsen give authors more control over their books compared to traditional publishing?
                      2. What are some of the benefits of self-publishing a book rather than going down the traditional route?
                      3. How does owning the ISBN numbers impact an author's control over their book's publishing rights?
                      4. Why is it important for authors to consider distribution beyond just Amazon when self-publishing their books?
                      5. What challenges might authors face if they only publish their books through Amazon?
                      6. How can integrating Nielsen's services help authors reach a wider audience and support local businesses?
                      7. What impact can local bookstore orders have on an author's book sales, even if the book is not physically stocked in the store?
                      8. How does Amazon's extended distribution service compare to other distribution options like Ingram Spark?
                      9. In what ways can self-published authors leverage their book content for other business purposes, such as training courses or podcasts?
                      10. How does self-publishing allow authors to be more agile and adaptable to their business needs and opportunities?
                      
                      Keywords: graphic designer, typography, book layout, books, self-publish, author, royalties, publishing rights, publishing process, publishing imprint, ISBN numbers, book distribution, traditional publisher, book marketing, Nielsen, retail sales, copyright, metadata, amazon kdp, Nielsen title editor, publishing through amazon, wide publication, SWATT Books, ingramspark, Samantha Pearce
                      
                      ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/56982024Mon, 02 Oct 2023 04:00:03 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this episode, we focus on self-publishing, the crucial role that Nielsen plays in supporting authors, and how you can expand your book distribution successfully beyond Amazon. I’m Karen Williams, your host, and I’m joined by Sam Pearce, a former...
                      I’m Karen Williams, your host, and I’m joined by Sam Pearce, a former commercial graphic designer with over 20 years of corporate design experience.
                      
                      In my role as The Book Mentor and as an author myself, I’ve worked with Sam for many years. Through her business, SWATT Books, Sam takes authors through the entire publishing process, providing them with the same level of support and expertise as a traditional publisher, whilst ensuring they retain full control and ownership of their work. This means that they can repurpose their content and use it to propel their business forward.
                      
                      This episode is packed with valuable insights for authors who are looking to take their self-publishing journey to the next level and who want to ensure new readers find their book.
                      
                      FREE BONUS: ‘Metadata Made Easy Template’. You can download Sam’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                      
                      GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                      
                      Guest: Sam Pearce
                      
                      Bio: Formerly a commercial graphic designer with over 20 years of corporate design experience both in the UK and Canada, Sam started applying her passion for typography and layout to the art of books back in 2012. Since then, she has been involved in the design and publication of over 200 books. These encompass a wide range of genres from business guides and self-help books to children’s stories and fantasy fiction. Sam founded SWATT Books to provide independent authors with a way of being self-published that is credible, professional and ethical. Sam lives near Stonehenge with her husband Nathan, and cat Carmen.
                      
                      Website: https://swatt-books.co.uk
                      
                      Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sampearceswattbooks https://www.facebook.com/SWATTBooks https://www.instagram.com/swattbooks
                      
                      
                      Key topics and bullets:
                      
                      • Introduction of Sam Pearce as a commercial graphic designer turned independent author and self-publishing expert
                      • Sam's approach to self-publishing and the benefits it offers to authors, particularly business book writers
                      • The role of Nielsen as the official ISBN agency for the UK and Ireland and their support for self-published authors
                      • The importance of owning ISBN numbers for broader distribution and control over book publishing rights
                      • The limitations of relying solely on Amazon for book distribution
                      • The global distribution network of Ingram Spark, a major print on demand distributor, and the importance of reaching beyond Amazon
                      • The growing backlash against Amazon and the preference of some readers to support local businesses
                      • The significance of integrating Nielsen's services into self-publishing to reach a wider audience and support local bookstores
                      • The option for readers to order books published through Ingram Spark from local bookstores
                      Time stamped overview:
                      
                      00:02:23 Self-publishing gives full...]]>1333false19fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
                      I’m Karen Williams, your host, and I invite you to listen in to discover how the digital revolution has transformed the publicity landscape and the way journalists work. You’ll discover the power of social media platforms in reaching new audiences and find out the secrets to securing media coverage for unknown authors. Plus, Helen shares valuable tips on preparing for radio interviews and why authors should never underestimate the power of niche podcasts.
                      
                      FREE BONUS:
                      
                      ‘The Elevator Pitch’. You can download Helen McCusker’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                      
                      GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                      
                      Guest: Helen McCusker
                      
                      Bio: Helen McCusker is an award-winning freelance book publicist. A trained journalist with a background in radio news, she has the depth and breadth of media contacts which makes high profile coverage achievable for her clients.
                      
                      Email: bookedpr@gmail.com
                      
                      Socials: https://twitter.com/helenmccusker and www.instagram.com/book_publicist
                      
                      Key topics and bullets:
                      
                      
                      
                      • Introduction to Helen McCusker
                      • The Digital Revolution in Journalism
                      • The Shift in Promotional Avenues
                      • Effective Pitching and Press Releases
                      • Engaging with Local and National Media Outlets
                      • Promoting Oneself and the Book during Interviews
                      • Utilizing Expertise and Building a Team
                      • Contacting Media Outlets for Publicity Opportunities
                      • Thinking about Publicity Early On
                      Time stamped overview:
                      
                      00:00:36 Cross-industry professional found success in publishing.
                      00:03:43 Media landscape changed, social media dominant platform.
                      00:08:47 Think about publicity early; up to six months.
                      00:12:41 Importance of building a team for self-published authors.
                      00:16:11 Radio: powerful one-to-one medium with niche audiences.
                      00:19:40 Contact local radio for publicity and exposure.
                      00:23:42 Summary: Embrace local media opportunities for exposure.
                      00:27:51 Remote work and freelancing has changed publicity. Reach out before sending unsolicited books. Use pitches instead of press releases. Offer digital copies and follow up with finished copies.
                      Discussion questions:
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      1. How has the digital revolution changed the way journalists work and how does it impact authors and their book promotion?
                      2. What are some key strategies for authors to effectively utilise social media platforms in order to reach new audiences and find promotional opportunities?
                      3. In what ways has the traditional method of relying on newspaper reviews for book promotion diminished? What are the alternatives?
                      4. How can authors navigate the challenges of sending books to radio stations and media outlets that may have remote or home-based operations?
                      5. What are some tips for crafting effective pitches or press releases for authors seeking media coverage? How can they stand out amongst the inundation of messages?
                      6. What are some dos and don'ts for authors when it comes to interacting with producers and presenters of radio programs or podcasts?
                      7. How can authors effectively promote themselves and their books during radio interviews? What are some strategies for engaging and captivating listeners?
                      8. Why is it important for self-published authors to seek feedback and support from professionals such as editors, publicists, and designers? How can these experts contribute to the success of a book?
                      9. What are some often overlooked aspects of book promotion that authors should consider in order to increase sales and reach potential readers?
                      10. How can authors proactively approach media outlets, including local radio stations and national programs, to secure publicity opportunities? What are some strategies for building relationships with producers and being a valuable guest?
                      
                      Keywords: publishing, independent publishing, radio journalism, press releases, publicity, Booked PR, nonfiction authors, media coverage, promotional opportunities, podcasts, newspaper reviews, advance information sheet, elevator pitch, self-published authors, advance proof copies, television coverage, audiobooks, audio platforms, ai sheet, thought leadership, non-fiction authors]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/56978680Thu, 28 Sep 2023 04:00:00 +0000Karen WilliamsIn today’s episode, I talk about publicity with Helen McCusker. With a background in journalism and a successful career in PR, Helen knows all the ins and outs of promoting books effectively. I’m Karen Williams, your host, and I invite you to listen...
                      I’m Karen Williams, your host, and I invite you to listen in to discover how the digital revolution has transformed the publicity landscape and the way journalists work. You’ll discover the power of social media platforms in reaching new audiences and find out the secrets to securing media coverage for unknown authors. Plus, Helen shares valuable tips on preparing for radio interviews and why authors should never underestimate the power of niche podcasts.
                      
                      FREE BONUS:
                      
                      ‘The Elevator Pitch’. You can download Helen McCusker’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                      
                      GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                      
                      Guest: Helen McCusker
                      
                      Bio: Helen McCusker is an award-winning freelance book publicist. A trained journalist with a background in radio news, she has the depth and breadth of media contacts which makes high profile coverage achievable for her clients.
                      
                      Email: bookedpr@gmail.com
                      
                      Socials: https://twitter.com/helenmccusker and www.instagram.com/book_publicist
                      
                      Key topics and bullets:
                      
                      
                      
                      • Introduction to Helen McCusker
                      • The Digital Revolution in Journalism
                      • The Shift in Promotional Avenues
                      • Effective Pitching and Press Releases
                      • Engaging with Local and National Media Outlets
                      • Promoting Oneself and the Book during Interviews
                      • Utilizing Expertise and Building a Team
                      • Contacting Media Outlets for Publicity Opportunities
                      • Thinking about Publicity Early On
                      Time stamped overview:
                      
                      00:00:36 Cross-industry professional found success in publishing.
                      00:03:43 Media landscape changed, social media dominant platform.
                      00:08:47 Think about publicity early; up to six months.
                      00:12:41 Importance of building a team for self-published authors.
                      00:16:11 Radio: powerful one-to-one medium with niche audiences.
                      00:19:40 Contact local radio for publicity and exposure.
                      00:23:42 Summary: Embrace local media opportunities for exposure.
                      00:27:51 Remote work and freelancing has changed publicity. Reach out before sending unsolicited books. Use pitches instead of press releases. Offer digital copies and follow up with finished copies.
                      Discussion questions:
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      
                      1. How has the digital revolution changed the way journalists work and how does it impact authors and their book promotion?
                      2. What are some key strategies for authors to effectively utilise social media platforms in order to reach new audiences and find promotional opportunities?
                      3. In what ways has the traditional method of relying on newspaper reviews for book promotion diminished? What are the alternatives?
                      4. How can authors navigate the challenges of sending books to radio stations and media outlets that may have remote or home-based operations?
                      5. What are some tips for crafting effective pitches or press releases for authors seeking media coverage? How can they stand out amongst the inundation of messages?
                      6. What are some dos and don'ts for authors when it comes to interacting with producers and presenters of radio programs or podcasts?
                      7. How can authors...]]>1986false18fullhttp://librotas.com/podcast
                         We delve into Caroline's rebellious nature and her love for breaking rules. We also chat about how she embraced the challenges of the pandemic to pivot 4N to an online platform. Plus, she shares her top tips for networking successfully. Get ready for an insightful and inspiring conversation about the importance of networking and building meaningful connections.
                         
                         FREE BONUS: ‘Pitch Perfect’. You can download Caroline’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                         
                         GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                         
                         Guest: Caroline Andrew Johnstone Bio: Caroline Andrew Johnstone is The ReBel. She is a motivational speaker who coaches confidence, unleashing the inner ReBel inside everyone who hears her speak. On 1st August 2010, she walked into a 4N meeting. 12 years exactly to the day she bought the company. She loved it that much. She is now the Managing Director and major shareholder of the amazing network 4N.
                         
                         Website:
                         
                         https://www.rebelspeaker.co.uk https://www.networkingrebel.biz https://4nonline.biz
                         
                         Socials:
                         
                         https://www.instagram.com/therebelspeaker
                         https://www.facebook.com/caroline.andrewjohnstone
                         https://www.linkedin.com/in/carolineandrewjohnstone
                         
                         Key topics and bullets:
                         
                         Primary Topic: Introduction of Caroline Andrew Johnston
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         • Caroline Andrew Johnston's background as a motivational speaker and confidence coach
                         • Her experience with 4N networking
                         • The reason behind her nickname "the rebel"
                         • Her journey from joining 4N to becoming the managing director and major shareholder
                         Primary Topic: The Power of Networking
                         
                         • The importance of networking for building a network of suppliers, clients, and collaborators
                         • Networking not just about making sales but building connections and credibility
                         • Examples of successful networking within 4N
                         • How 4N adapted to the pandemic and the importance of being able to switch and adapt quickly
                         • The role of a strong team in networking and business success
                         • Recommendations and referrals within a network
                         Time stamped overview:
                         
                         00:00:59 Caroline Andrew: Rebel turned networking business owner.
                         00:05:18 Networking builds a helpful, credible network for success.
                         00:08:24 Rebel born through free coaching sessions.
                         00:13:32 Pitch perfection: Preparing and promoting yourself effectively
                         00:15:28 Networking takes time but opens opportunities.
                         00:20:27 Conquer fear of networking, find support.
                         00:21:41 Join 4N and meet like-minded people.
                         
                         Discussion questions:
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         1. How does Caroline Andrew describe herself as a rebel in both her personal and professional life?
                         2. What role did networking play in Caroline's journey to becoming the managing director and major shareholder of 4N?
                         3. Can you relate to Caroline's belief in taking risks and embracing failure as a way to become more rebellious and ultimately succeed?
                         4. What does Caroline believe is the true purpose of networking? How does she differentiate it from simply making sales?
                         5. How did 4N adapt and respond to the challenges brought about by the pandemic? What lessons can other businesses learn from their approach?
                         6. Have you had any personal experiences where networking has been crucial in building relationships and generating business opportunities?
                         7. What are some key factors in building credibility within a network? How can individuals position themselves as someone others trust and rely on?
                         8. Do you agree that networking is about creating a network of suppliers, clients, and collaborators rather than just making sales? Why or why not?
                         9. Have you ever recommended someone's services without hesitation because you trust and respect their work? How did you build that level of trust in that person's expertise?
                         10. In what ways can individuals leverage networking to advance their personal and professional goals?
                         Keywords: Karen Williams, Caroline Andrew Johnston, Caroline Andrew, motivational speaker, networking rebel, 4Networking, power of networking, networking strategies, network driver, Brad Burton, online networking, 4N, marketing your business, networking tips, elevator pitch, perfect pitch, 60-seconds
                         
                         ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/56900535Mon, 25 Sep 2023 04:00:03 +0000Karen WilliamsOne of the simplest and easiest ways of marketing your business and your book is by networking. But it’s also one that scares many entrepreneurs. I’m Karen Williams and in today’s episode of the  podcast, I’m sitting down with Caroline...
                         We delve into Caroline's rebellious nature and her love for breaking rules. We also chat about how she embraced the challenges of the pandemic to pivot 4N to an online platform. Plus, she shares her top tips for networking successfully. Get ready for an insightful and inspiring conversation about the importance of networking and building meaningful connections.
                         
                         FREE BONUS: ‘Pitch Perfect’. You can download Caroline’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                         
                         GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                         
                         Guest: Caroline Andrew Johnstone Bio: Caroline Andrew Johnstone is The ReBel. She is a motivational speaker who coaches confidence, unleashing the inner ReBel inside everyone who hears her speak. On 1st August 2010, she walked into a 4N meeting. 12 years exactly to the day she bought the company. She loved it that much. She is now the Managing Director and major shareholder of the amazing network 4N.
                         
                         Website:
                         
                         https://www.rebelspeaker.co.uk https://www.networkingrebel.biz https://4nonline.biz
                         
                         Socials:
                         
                         https://www.instagram.com/therebelspeaker
                         https://www.facebook.com/caroline.andrewjohnstone
                         https://www.linkedin.com/in/carolineandrewjohnstone
                         
                         Key topics and bullets:
                         
                         Primary Topic: Introduction of Caroline Andrew Johnston
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         • Caroline Andrew Johnston's background as a motivational speaker and confidence coach
                         • Her experience with 4N networking
                         • The reason behind her nickname "the rebel"
                         • Her journey from joining 4N to becoming the managing director and major shareholder
                         Primary Topic: The Power of Networking
                         
                         • The importance of networking for building a network of suppliers, clients, and collaborators
                         • Networking not just about making sales but building connections and credibility
                         • Examples of successful networking within 4N
                         • How 4N adapted to the pandemic and the importance of being able to switch and adapt quickly
                         • The role of a strong team in networking and business success
                         • Recommendations and referrals within a network
                         Time stamped overview:
                         
                         00:00:59 Caroline Andrew: Rebel turned networking business owner.
                         00:05:18 Networking builds a helpful, credible network for success.
                         00:08:24 Rebel born through free coaching sessions.
                         00:13:32 Pitch perfection: Preparing and promoting yourself effectively
                         00:15:28 Networking takes time but opens opportunities.
                         00:20:27 Conquer fear of networking, find support.
                         00:21:41 Join 4N and meet like-minded people.
                         1315false17fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
                         You’ll learn more about the power of Instagram for business authors, how it works, and how it can help you build a strong connection with your audience. Karen also gives valuable insights on getting started with Instagram, how to use hashtags, using Instagram stories and tips on producing content that resonates with your readers.
                         
                         FREE BONUS: ‘A Step-by-Step Guide to User-Generated Content on Instagram’. You can download Karen’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                         
                         GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                         
                         Guest: Karen Duncan
                         
                         Bio: Karen Duncan is a social media marketing trainer from Nottingham, specialising in helping small businesspeople shine and stand out online. She specialises in a faff-free approach to keeping social media useful and fun, converting viewers into customers without compromising on values or falling into dry formulae. You can follow her for quick tips and personality-driven posts.
                         
                         Website: http://www.ponyponypony.co.uk
                         
                         Socials:
                         
                         www.facebook.com/ponyponyponycourses www.instagram.com/ponyponyponycourses www.pinterest.com/ponyponypony www.twitter.com/ponyponypony4 www.linkedin.com/in/ponyponypony
                         
                         Key topics and bullets:
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         • Introduction to Karen Duncan as a social media marketing trainer
                         • Her journey into social media and becoming a social media trainer
                         • Social media platforms she specialises in: Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, LinkedIn, and Twitter
                         • Overview of Instagram and its focus on pictures and videos
                         • How Instagram can be helpful for business authors
                         • Using Instagram to showcase the human behind the book and brand
                         • Expanding on book content and providing extra value through Instagram
                         • Starting with Instagram and the importance of consistency
                         • Using different types of content (videos, photos) based on personal preferences and audience preferences
                         • Creating content that aligns with the book and the author's authentic self
                         • Planning content in advance or being spontaneous, or a combination of both.
                         
                         Time stamped overview:
                         
                         00:00:49 Accidental discovery of social media's usefulness.
                         00:03:58 Consistency is key on Instagram, especially posting regularly. Engagement drops when you're inconsistent. Restarting can help, but find what works for you - photos or videos.
                         00:07:11 Combination of planned and spontaneous posts.
                         00:11:08 Instagram hashtags target niche audiences effectively.
                         00:13:51 Find relevant hashtags based on post content.
                         00:18:52 Stories on social media have hidden advantages.
                         00:22:23 Be yourself, engage with others, and enjoy.
                         00:24:55 Encourage readers to create authentic content.
                         
                         Discussion questions:
                         
                         • How did Karen Duncan get into social media marketing and why did she become a social media trainer?
                         • What social media platforms does Karen primarily focus on in her business and why?
                         • What is the main focus of today's episode and what platform are they discussing?
                         • How does Instagram work and how can it help business authors?
                         • In what ways can Instagram be used to showcase the personality of the author and provide additional value to readers?
                         • For those who are not currently using Instagram or are not using it consistently, where should they start and what should they do first?
                         • Is consistency important when it comes to posting on Instagram? How does inconsistency impact engagement?
                         • Is video a necessary component of Instagram content, or can authors focus on other forms of media?
                         • How should an author approach planning their Instagram content? Should it be spontaneous, planned in advance, or a combination of both?
                         • What factors should authors consider when deciding what type of content to post on Instagram and how to best engage with their audience?
                         
                         Keywords: SEO, keywords, social media marketing, small business, stand out online, social media platforms, Instagram, Instagram stories, social media plan, social media training, pony pony pony, Instagram tips, authors of Instagram, Instagram for business authors, brand marketing, hashtags, Instagram hashtags, Instagram stories, karen duncan]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/56778492Thu, 21 Sep 2023 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsWelcome to another episode where we distil powerful business insights into bite-sized wisdom that you can apply to promoting and marketing your book. I'm Karen Williams, The Book Mentor and your host, and today, we're diving into the ever-evolving...
                         You’ll learn more about the power of Instagram for business authors, how it works, and how it can help you build a strong connection with your audience. Karen also gives valuable insights on getting started with Instagram, how to use hashtags, using Instagram stories and tips on producing content that resonates with your readers.
                         
                         FREE BONUS: ‘A Step-by-Step Guide to User-Generated Content on Instagram’. You can download Karen’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                         
                         GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                         
                         Guest: Karen Duncan
                         
                         Bio: Karen Duncan is a social media marketing trainer from Nottingham, specialising in helping small businesspeople shine and stand out online. She specialises in a faff-free approach to keeping social media useful and fun, converting viewers into customers without compromising on values or falling into dry formulae. You can follow her for quick tips and personality-driven posts.
                         
                         Website: http://www.ponyponypony.co.uk
                         
                         Socials:
                         
                         www.facebook.com/ponyponyponycourses www.instagram.com/ponyponyponycourses www.pinterest.com/ponyponypony www.twitter.com/ponyponypony4 www.linkedin.com/in/ponyponypony
                         
                         Key topics and bullets:
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         • Introduction to Karen Duncan as a social media marketing trainer
                         • Her journey into social media and becoming a social media trainer
                         • Social media platforms she specialises in: Facebook, Instagram, Pinterest, LinkedIn, and Twitter
                         • Overview of Instagram and its focus on pictures and videos
                         • How Instagram can be helpful for business authors
                         • Using Instagram to showcase the human behind the book and brand
                         • Expanding on book content and providing extra value through Instagram
                         • Starting with Instagram and the importance of consistency
                         • Using different types of content (videos, photos) based on personal preferences and audience preferences
                         • Creating content that aligns with the book and the author's authentic self
                         • Planning content in advance or being spontaneous, or a combination of both.
                         
                         Time stamped overview:
                         
                         00:00:49 Accidental discovery of social media's usefulness.
                         00:03:58 Consistency is key on Instagram, especially posting regularly. Engagement drops when you're inconsistent. Restarting can help, but find what works for you - photos or videos.
                         00:07:11 Combination of planned and spontaneous posts.
                         00:11:08 Instagram hashtags target niche audiences effectively.
                         00:13:51 Find relevant hashtags based on post content.
                         00:18:52 Stories on social media have hidden advantages.
                         00:22:23 Be yourself, engage with others, and enjoy.
                         00:24:55 Encourage readers to create authentic content.
                         
                         Discussion questions: 1595false16fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
                         Alice shares her journey and passion for the platform, highlighting the power of LinkedIn for business owners. She emphasises the importance of building authentic relationships and establishing the know, like, and trust factor.
                         
                         We dive into the five key areas to focus on when it comes to LinkedIn, starting with optimising your personal profile and using relevant keywords. We also discuss the significance of creating tailored and engaging content that aligns with the professional nature of LinkedIn. So, if you're looking to leverage the power of LinkedIn for your business and your book, this episode is for you.
                         
                         FREE BONUS:
                         
                         ‘The LinkedIn 20-Minutes-A-Day Plan’. You can download Alice’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                         
                         GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                         
                         Guest: Alice Fewings
                         
                         Bio: Alice Fewings is an award-winning LinkedIn Trainer and Coach empowering entrepreneurs to reach new audiences, raise their profile and attract more clients on the world’s largest professional networking site.
                         
                         Website: www.alicefewings.com
                         
                         Socials: www.linkedin.com/in/alice-fewings
                         
                         Key topics and bullets:
                         
                         The Power of LinkedIn for Business Owners
                         
                         The Five Focus Areas of LinkedIn
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         • LinkedIn personal profile. - The profile is crucial for making a good impression on potential clients and for LinkedIn's search engine.
                         • Describing what you do and the results you deliver is more effective than simply listing job titles.
                         • The headline section of the profile should be edited to reflect what you do and who your ideal clients are.
                         Content Creation on LinkedIn
                         
                         • Content on LinkedIn should be professional yet authentic.
                         • Contextualising content for the networking space of LinkedIn is important.
                         • Personal touches can be added to content within the context of LinkedIn
                         • Confidence and authenticity are key when posting content on LinkedIn
                         Overall, the podcast episode discusses the importance of LinkedIn for business owners, focusing on the power of networking, the key elements of a LinkedIn personal profile, and the creation of impactful content on the platform.
                         
                         Time stamped overview:
                         
                         00:00:47 Passionate LinkedIn trainer specialising in effective communication.
                         00:03:48 Optimise LinkedIn profile for better search results.
                         00:07:24 Authentic, contextualised, educational, inspirational, conversational, connection, promotional content.
                         00:13:20 Use content to be visible and build relationships. Show up on other people's content, leave comments, and engage with their posts. This raises visibility and leads to new connections. 00:16:50 Direct messages: Use voice notes for personal engagement.
                         00:19:03 Collaborative articles on LinkedIn are valuable opportunities.
                         00:23:30 Reintroduction LinkedIn post with five fun facts.
                         
                         Discussion questions:
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         1. How has LinkedIn made a difference for businesses in terms of building relationships and networkinng?
                         2. Why do business owners often feel unsure and lack confidence when it comes to using LinkedIn?
                         3. What are the key factors that make a LinkedIn personal profile effective?
                         4. How does LinkedIn's search engine work and why is it important to optimize your profile for it?
                         5. Why is it crucial to focus on describing your results and the value you provide rather than just listing job titles in your profile?
                         6. What are some tips for crafting a compelling headline in your LinkedIn profile?
                         7. How can business owners make their content on LinkedIn feel authentic and professional at the same time?
                         8. What are some best practices for creating engaging and effective content on LinkedIn?
                         9. How can business owners find the right balance between personal and professional content on LinkedIn?
                         10. Why is it important to be consistent in your LinkedIn presence and engagement with your network?
                         Keywords: book marketing, Alice Fewings, smart author system, LinkedIn collective, business owners, compelling content, engaging audiences, professional networking site, LinkedIn trainer, attract more clients, marketing services, LinkedIn, LinkedIn personal profile, visibility, business brand, LinkedIn algorithm, LinkedIn leads, professional pitch, LinkedIn headline, LinkedIn strategies for business owners, LinkedIn book launch, digital handshake
                         
                         ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/56775292Mon, 18 Sep 2023 04:00:03 +0000Karen WilliamsToday I am sitting down with the award-winning LinkedIn trainer and coach, Alice Fewings. Alice is an expert in helping business owners craft compelling content on LinkedIn that engages audiences and attracts clients. Alice shares her journey and...
                         Alice shares her journey and passion for the platform, highlighting the power of LinkedIn for business owners. She emphasises the importance of building authentic relationships and establishing the know, like, and trust factor.
                         
                         We dive into the five key areas to focus on when it comes to LinkedIn, starting with optimising your personal profile and using relevant keywords. We also discuss the significance of creating tailored and engaging content that aligns with the professional nature of LinkedIn. So, if you're looking to leverage the power of LinkedIn for your business and your book, this episode is for you.
                         
                         FREE BONUS:
                         
                         ‘The LinkedIn 20-Minutes-A-Day Plan’. You can download Alice’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                         
                         GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                         
                         Guest: Alice Fewings
                         
                         Bio: Alice Fewings is an award-winning LinkedIn Trainer and Coach empowering entrepreneurs to reach new audiences, raise their profile and attract more clients on the world’s largest professional networking site.
                         
                         Website: www.alicefewings.com
                         
                         Socials: www.linkedin.com/in/alice-fewings
                         
                         Key topics and bullets:
                         
                         The Power of LinkedIn for Business Owners
                         
                         The Five Focus Areas of LinkedIn
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         • LinkedIn personal profile. - The profile is crucial for making a good impression on potential clients and for LinkedIn's search engine.
                         • Describing what you do and the results you deliver is more effective than simply listing job titles.
                         • The headline section of the profile should be edited to reflect what you do and who your ideal clients are.
                         Content Creation on LinkedIn
                         
                         • Content on LinkedIn should be professional yet authentic.
                         • Contextualising content for the networking space of LinkedIn is important.
                         • Personal touches can be added to content within the context of LinkedIn
                         • Confidence and authenticity are key when posting content on LinkedIn
                         Overall, the podcast episode discusses the importance of LinkedIn for business owners, focusing on the power of networking, the key elements of a LinkedIn personal profile, and the creation of impactful content on the platform.
                         
                         Time stamped overview:
                         
                         00:00:47 Passionate LinkedIn trainer specialising in effective communication.
                         00:03:48 Optimise LinkedIn profile for better search results.
                         00:07:24 Authentic, contextualised, educational, inspirational, conversational, connection, promotional content.
                         00:13:20 Use content to be visible and build relationships. Show up on other people's content, leave comments, and engage with their posts. This raises visibility and leads to new connections. 00:16:50 Direct messages: Use voice notes for personal engagement.
                         00:19:03 Collaborative articles on LinkedIn are valuable opportunities.
                         00:23:30 Reintroduction LinkedIn post with five fun facts.
                         
                         Discussion questions:
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         
                         1. How has LinkedIn made a...]]>1515false15fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
                            I’m Karen Williams, The Book Mentor and in today’s episode of the Business Book Bites podcast, I am joined by marketing expert, Steve Bimpson. In this jam-packed conversation, Steve talks about websites, lead magnets, SEO, getting traffic and website conversations, and so much more.
                            
                            FREE BONUS:
                            
                            ‘The Four Golden Questions – A Simple Formula for Maximising Your Marketing and Sales conversion rates’. You can download Steve’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                            
                            GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                            
                            Guest: Steve Bimpson
                            
                            Bio: Now in his 38th year in business, Steve has one simple goal, which is to help you achieve yours. He does this by bringing his marketing and sales knowledge, skill, expertise, experience and perspective together to help you understand and embrace a JOINED UP approach to marketing. Whilst anyone can teach you a marketing process, the magic doesn’t come from what you do, it comes from how you do it and Steve understands that, when it comes to marketing and sales (and everything else, for that matter), execution is everything.
                            
                            Website: https://joinedup-marketing.com
                            
                            Socials:
                            
                            https://www.linkedin.com/in/stevebimpson
                            https://www.facebook.com/stevebimpson
                            https://twitter.com/stevebimpson
                            
                            
                            Key topics and bullets:
                            
                            Topic: Importance of Conversion Rates in Marketing and Sales Collateral
                            
                            • Changing a simple title can significantly increase conversion rates
                            • Four questions that clients ask that need to be answered to improve conversion rates
                            • Improving conversion rates leads to better return on investment and more business
                            Topic: Common Challenges with Websites
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            • Many websites are not generating enquiries or sales despite investing time, energy, and money into them
                            • Lack of clear strategy and consistency in marketing efforts can hinder website performance
                            • Optimization for search engines and the development of a website, keyword, content, and SEO strategy are essential
                            • Lead magnets can attract and engage ideal targets
                            • The website should function as the central hub of the business, and efforts should be made to drive traffic to it
                            • Websites should be written in a conversational style to engage visitors
                            • Properly targeting the ideal client and tailoring content to them is essential for website success
                            Topic: Structured Approach to Website Optimization
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            • Executing a structured approach to optimize every page and post on a website for better search engine visibility
                            • Good and engaging content that keeps people on the site is essential for getting more traffic
                            • Hope Marketing: random marketing activities without a clear strategy
                            • Joined Up Marketing: taking prospective clients on a journey towards wanting to buy from a business -
                            • The approach is about guiding clients rather than selling to them
                            Topic: Overcoming Challenges and Achieving Goals
                            
                            • Fear being a main reason why people hesitate to share their content and become more visible in their business
                            • Many business owners struggle to identify the content they should share and how to create it
                            • Importance of a business and its website being living, breathing, and evolving entities
                            Topic: Creating a Comprehensive Marketing Plan
                            
                            • Use of joined up marketing to create a comprehensive marketing plan for businesses
                            • The plan helps clarify ideal clients and identifies different lead magnets for each marketing pillar
                            • The average small to medium-sized business only has 1.4 marketing approaches, leading to an unstable marketing strategy
                            • The plan encompasses website, SEO, keyword strategy, and other aspects relative to the business
                            • The goal is to help businesses achieve their goals through the implementation of a well-designed plan
                            Topic: Clarity and Focus in Business
                            
                            • Importance of having clarity in every aspect of what you do
                            • Content should focus on client problems and desired results
                            • The importance of having a clear vision and goal for a book
                            • Writing a book often leads to realizing the need for changes in the website
                            • Following the right process of writing a book can ultimately assist in creating an excellent website
                            Time stamped overview:
                            
                            00:01:28 Most businesses fail due to cash flow.
                            00:03:36 Two acronyms: Hope Marketing and Joined Up Marketing.
                            00:06:38 "Common website pitfalls and solutions explained"
                            00:14:39 Fear and content creation challenges in business.
                            00:18:08 Writing helps gain clarity; teaching improves understanding.
                            00:21:49 Building a clear marketing plan for success.
                            00:26:02 Improve website traffic with targeted content creation.
                            00:29:47 Clarity and problem-solving drive successful content.
                            00:32:56 Website undergoing overhaul, find me on LinkedIn.
                            
                            Discussion questions:
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            1. How can changing a simple title on marketing and sales collateral significantly impact conversion rates?
                            2. What are the four questions that business owners should answer to improve their conversion rates?
                            3. How does improving conversion rates lead to better return on investment and more business?
                            4. Why does the speaker believe that writing helps to bring clarity? How can business owners benefit from writing down their thoughts?
                            5. What are the challenges that many websites face in generating inquiries and sales despite investing time, energy, and money into them?
                            6. Why is it important to have a clear strategy and consistency in marketing efforts to optimize website performance?
                            7. How can lead magnets attract and engage ideal target clients on a website?
                            8. Why should websites be written in a conversational style? How does the website's voice align with the brand's personality?
                            9. Why is targeting the ideal client and tailoring content to them essential for website success?
                            10. How does executing a structured approach to optimize every page and post on a website improve search engine visibility and attract more traffic?
                            
                            Keywords: conversion rates, marketing and sales, business owners, improving conversion rates, return on investment, websites, generating website enquiries, building a website, website strategy, search engines, SEO, SEO strategy, keyword strategy, lead magnets, content creation, social media strategy, joined up marketing, steve bimpson
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            ]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/56741640Thu, 14 Sep 2023 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsMany authors face a big problem when they start to write their book and that’s this: They get greater clarity in their message. Why is this a problem you may ask? That’s because updating their website quickly shoots up the top of their to do list. And...
                            I’m Karen Williams, The Book Mentor and in today’s episode of the Business Book Bites podcast, I am joined by marketing expert, Steve Bimpson. In this jam-packed conversation, Steve talks about websites, lead magnets, SEO, getting traffic and website conversations, and so much more.
                            
                            FREE BONUS:
                            
                            ‘The Four Golden Questions – A Simple Formula for Maximising Your Marketing and Sales conversion rates’. You can download Steve’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                            
                            GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                            
                            Guest: Steve Bimpson
                            
                            Bio: Now in his 38th year in business, Steve has one simple goal, which is to help you achieve yours. He does this by bringing his marketing and sales knowledge, skill, expertise, experience and perspective together to help you understand and embrace a JOINED UP approach to marketing. Whilst anyone can teach you a marketing process, the magic doesn’t come from what you do, it comes from how you do it and Steve understands that, when it comes to marketing and sales (and everything else, for that matter), execution is everything.
                            
                            Website: https://joinedup-marketing.com
                            
                            Socials:
                            
                            https://www.linkedin.com/in/stevebimpson
                            https://www.facebook.com/stevebimpson
                            https://twitter.com/stevebimpson
                            
                            
                            Key topics and bullets:
                            
                            Topic: Importance of Conversion Rates in Marketing and Sales Collateral
                            
                            • Changing a simple title can significantly increase conversion rates
                            • Four questions that clients ask that need to be answered to improve conversion rates
                            • Improving conversion rates leads to better return on investment and more business
                            Topic: Common Challenges with Websites
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            • Many websites are not generating enquiries or sales despite investing time, energy, and money into them
                            • Lack of clear strategy and consistency in marketing efforts can hinder website performance
                            • Optimization for search engines and the development of a website, keyword, content, and SEO strategy are essential
                            • Lead magnets can attract and engage ideal targets
                            • The website should function as the central hub of the business, and efforts should be made to drive traffic to it
                            • Websites should be written in a conversational style to engage visitors
                            • Properly targeting the ideal client and tailoring content to them is essential for website success
                            Topic: Structured Approach to Website Optimization
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            
                            • Executing a structured approach to optimize every page and post on a website for better search engine visibility
                            • Good and engaging content that keeps people on the site is essential for getting more traffic
                            • Hope Marketing: random marketing activities without a clear...]]>1640false14fullhttps://www.librotas.com/podcast
                              Joining me is Ginny Carter, a bestselling ghostwriter and book coach. While Ginny may not be known specifically as a blogging expert, she recognises the incredible value that blogging brings to the book creation process, especially for self-help authors. In fact, Ginny's new book, ‘How to Write a Self Help Book’, is releasing the same week as mine, and we are both eager to share our insights with you.
                              
                              In this episode, Ginny and I dive into the reasons why blogging is an exceptional tool for crafting and marketing a self-help book. We explore how blogging helps develop content, gather feedback, and lay the groundwork for book marketing.
                              
                              FREE BONUS:
                              
                              ‘How to outline your book with your blog’. You can download Ginny’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses
                              
                              GET THE BOOK:
                              
                              Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                              
                              Guest: Ginny Carter
                              
                              Bio: Ginny Carter is a bestselling ghostwriter of 25 books, a book coach, and an award-winning author in her own right. She takes entrepreneurs, coaches, and consultants from everyday expert to respected thought leader and in-demand speaker, through the book that grows their reputation and expands their business. She’s also the author of Your Business Your Book and the soon to be published How to Write a Self-Help Book.
                              
                              Website: https://marketingtwentyone.co.uk
                              
                              Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ginnycarter https://twitter.com/_GinnyCarter
                              
                              Key topics and bullets:
                              
                              
                              
                              
                              • Introduction to Ginny Carter, a ghostwriter and book coach
                              • The benefits of blogging in the book writing process, particularly for self-help books
                              • Three reasons why blogging is a great way to write a self-help book:
                              • Content development: Writing a blog helps to develop and articulate ideas in a bite-sized format, which can then be expanded upon in a book.
                              • Feedback and validation: Blogging allows for feedback from readers, helping to gauge what resonates and what doesn't, informing the content of the book.
                              • Audience building: Blogging helps to build an audience and marketing groundwork for the eventual book launch.
                              • Personal experiences with blogging and its impact on book writing
                              • Emphasizing the writer's comfort zone and the versatility of blogging as a medium
                              • The sandbox-like nature of blogging and its role in finding one's writing voice and experimenting with different styles and topics
                              
                              
                              Time stamped overview:
                              
                              00:02:10 Blogging helps develop and test book content.
                              00:06:13 Writing is natural for some, uncomfortable for others. Blogging helps find your voice and experiment. Different types of blog posts can be written to practice and engage with your audience. 00:09:43 Don't worry, online content is forgettable.
                              00:11:18 Finding your voice and connecting with readers.
                              00:17:01 Marketing book requires confidence; use blog.
                              00:21:12 Blogging: a journey of experimentation and growth.
                              
                              Discussion questions:
                              
                              
                              
                              
                              1. How can blogging help with the development of content for a self-help book?
                              2. What are the benefits of receiving feedback on your blog posts while writing a book?
                              3. How can blogging help in laying the groundwork for marketing your book?
                              4. Why might blogging be a natural starting point for writers who want to write a book?
                              5. How can blogging help in finding your writing voice and experimenting with different styles?
                              6. What role does blogging play in building an audience for your book?
                              7. How can blogging help readers get to know the author and their expertise?
                              8. What are some different types of blog posts that are effective for self-help authors?
                              9. How can blogging make the process of writing a book feel less overwhelming?
                              10. Can you share any personal experiences or success stories of authors who utilised blogging in their self-help book writing journey?
                              
                              
                              Keywords: podcast, blogging, blogging expert, ghostwriter, book coach, self-help book, bestselling author, award winning author, content development, writing process, book writing, book development, book marketing, writer, speaker, finding your voice, blog tips, writing a book, writing a book with a blog, ginny carter, your business your book, how to write a self-help book]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/56711652Mon, 11 Sep 2023 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsWelcome back to another episode of the podcast where we serve up bite-sized tips and insights for authors and entrepreneurs. I'm your host, Karen Williams, and today we have an exciting topic to discuss: How to write and market your self-help book...
                              Joining me is Ginny Carter, a bestselling ghostwriter and book coach. While Ginny may not be known specifically as a blogging expert, she recognises the incredible value that blogging brings to the book creation process, especially for self-help authors. In fact, Ginny's new book, ‘How to Write a Self Help Book’, is releasing the same week as mine, and we are both eager to share our insights with you.
                              
                              In this episode, Ginny and I dive into the reasons why blogging is an exceptional tool for crafting and marketing a self-help book. We explore how blogging helps develop content, gather feedback, and lay the groundwork for book marketing.
                              
                              FREE BONUS:
                              
                              ‘How to outline your book with your blog’. You can download Ginny’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses
                              
                              GET THE BOOK:
                              
                              Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                              
                              Guest: Ginny Carter
                              
                              Bio: Ginny Carter is a bestselling ghostwriter of 25 books, a book coach, and an award-winning author in her own right. She takes entrepreneurs, coaches, and consultants from everyday expert to respected thought leader and in-demand speaker, through the book that grows their reputation and expands their business. She’s also the author of Your Business Your Book and the soon to be published How to Write a Self-Help Book.
                              
                              Website: https://marketingtwentyone.co.uk
                              
                              Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ginnycarter https://twitter.com/_GinnyCarter
                              
                              Key topics and bullets:
                              
                              
                              
                              
                              • Introduction to Ginny Carter, a ghostwriter and book coach
                              • The benefits of blogging in the book writing process, particularly for self-help books
                              • Three reasons why blogging is a great way to write a self-help book:
                              • Content development: Writing a blog helps to develop and articulate ideas in a bite-sized format, which can then be expanded upon in a book.
                              • Feedback and validation: Blogging allows for feedback from readers, helping to gauge what resonates and what doesn't, informing the content of the book.
                              • Audience building: Blogging helps to build an audience and marketing groundwork for the eventual book launch.
                              • Personal experiences with blogging and its impact on book writing
                              • Emphasizing the writer's comfort zone and the versatility of blogging as a medium
                              • The sandbox-like nature of blogging and its role in finding one's writing voice and experimenting with different styles and topics
                              
                              
                              Time stamped overview:
                              
                              00:02:10 Blogging helps develop and test book content.
                              00:06:13 Writing is natural for some, uncomfortable for others. Blogging helps find your voice and experiment. Different types of blog posts can be written to practice and engage with your audience....]]>1402false13fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
                              One of the contributors to Book Marketing Made Simple, Steve shares his journey into podcasting, the rise of this medium, and the reasons behind its immense popularity. Get ready to discover why podcasts have become a go-to resource for individuals of all ages and backgrounds, and the unique benefits they offer over traditional video content.
                              
                              Whether you're considering launching your own podcast or simply curious, this episode is packed with valuable information and insights. I'm excited to share how podcasting can elevate your book launch strategy – a concept I'm personally living out through my own podcast!
                              
                              FREE BONUS: ‘7 things you must do before recording your podcast.’ You can download Steve’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                              
                              GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                              
                              Guest: Steve Randall
                              
                              Bio: Steve Randall is a podcast producer, radio presenter, journalist, and media coach. As the founder of Communication Generation, he has advised, produced, and presented hundreds of podcast episodes for his own podcasts and dozens of clients from coaches & consultants to multinational companies.
                              
                              Steve’s 30+ years in the media industry includes radio programmes across the UK, daily website articles for an international B2B publisher, and leadership roles for major broadcasters. He has been a judge for the British Podcast Awards for several years including 2023 when he focused on the growing number of daily podcasts.
                              
                              Website: https://communicationgeneration.co.uk
                              
                              Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/steverandalluk
                              
                              Key topics and bullets:
                              
                              
                              
                              
                              
                              • Introduction of Steve Randall, a podcast producer, radio presenter, journalist, and media coach
                              • Steve's background in radio and his interest in podcasting
                              • The growth of podcasting in popularity and its appeal to niche audiences
                              • The benefits of audio podcasts over video, including accessibility and multitasking
                              • The various scenarios where audio podcasts are more suitable, such as driving, working, exercising, and before sleep
                              • The wide range of podcast listeners across different age groups and demographics
                              • The potential interest of the audience in setting up their own podcasts
                              
                              
                              Time stamped overview:
                              
                              [00:04:16] Podcasts offer accessibility in various ways.
                              [00:07:56] Fear, technical challenges hinder podcasting aspirations.
                              [00:13:11] Build anticipation, tease, and excite for product launch.
                              [00:16:20] Easier to talk than to write: podcasting and repurposing content through audio and video. [00:19:57] Leverage podcasts for book promotion and exposure.
                              [00:24:26] Authenticity and reach are crucial in podcasts.
                              [00:26:38] Just go for it, don't hold back.
                              
                              Discussion questions:
                              
                              1. How did Steve Randall first get involved in podcasting and what made him want to pursue it as a full-time job?
                              2. What factors contributed to the growth in popularity of podcasts over the years?
                              3. How does the accessibility of audio podcasts make them more appealing compared to video content?
                              4. What are some of the benefits of audio podcasts over video podcasts, and in what situations are audio podcasts more convenient?
                              5. Who are the typical listeners of podcasts? Has the demographic changed over time?
                              6. What types of podcasts were initially popular and who were the main listeners?
                              7. How has the radio industry changed and how has that influenced the growth of podcasts?
                              8. What are some niche topics that have gained traction in the podcasting world?
                              9. How have high-profile podcasts like "Serial" affected the popularity of podcasting as a whole?
                              10. How can someone get started with their own podcast and what advice does Steve Randall have for aspiring podcasters?
                              Keywords: podcast producer, radio presenter, journalist, media coach, Communication Generation, podcast episodes, Business Book Bites, podcasts, radio, high profile podcasts, niche marketing, audio, video, YouTube, podcast growth, audio podcasts, video podcasts, the book mentor, Librotas, book marketing tips, book launch]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/56679049Thu, 07 Sep 2023 04:00:02 +0000Karen WilliamsIn this episode, we are delving into the topic of podcasting and book launches. I’m joined by Steve Randall, a podcast producer, radio presenter, journalist, and media coach with over 30 years of experience in the media industry. One of the...
                              One of the contributors to Book Marketing Made Simple, Steve shares his journey into podcasting, the rise of this medium, and the reasons behind its immense popularity. Get ready to discover why podcasts have become a go-to resource for individuals of all ages and backgrounds, and the unique benefits they offer over traditional video content.
                              
                              Whether you're considering launching your own podcast or simply curious, this episode is packed with valuable information and insights. I'm excited to share how podcasting can elevate your book launch strategy – a concept I'm personally living out through my own podcast!
                              
                              FREE BONUS: ‘7 things you must do before recording your podcast.’ You can download Steve’s free bonus at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                              
                              GET THE BOOK: Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                              
                              Guest: Steve Randall
                              
                              Bio: Steve Randall is a podcast producer, radio presenter, journalist, and media coach. As the founder of Communication Generation, he has advised, produced, and presented hundreds of podcast episodes for his own podcasts and dozens of clients from coaches & consultants to multinational companies.
                              
                              Steve’s 30+ years in the media industry includes radio programmes across the UK, daily website articles for an international B2B publisher, and leadership roles for major broadcasters. He has been a judge for the British Podcast Awards for several years including 2023 when he focused on the growing number of daily podcasts.
                              
                              Website: https://communicationgeneration.co.uk
                              
                              Socials: https://www.linkedin.com/in/steverandalluk
                              
                              Key topics and bullets:
                              
                              
                              
                              
                              
                              • Introduction of Steve Randall, a podcast producer, radio presenter, journalist, and media coach
                              • Steve's background in radio and his interest in podcasting
                              • The growth of podcasting in popularity and its appeal to niche audiences
                              • The benefits of audio podcasts over video, including accessibility and multitasking
                              • The various scenarios where audio podcasts are more suitable, such as driving, working, exercising, and before sleep
                              • The wide range of podcast listeners across different age groups and demographics
                              • The potential interest of the audience in setting up their own podcasts
                              
                              
                              Time stamped overview:
                              
                              [00:04:16] Podcasts offer accessibility in various ways.
                              [00:07:56] Fear, technical challenges hinder podcasting aspirations.
                              [00:13:11] Build anticipation, tease, and excite for product launch.
                              [00:16:20] Easier to talk than to write: podcasting and repurposing content through audio and video. [00:19:57] Leverage podcasts for book promotion and exposure.
                              [00:24:26] Authenticity and reach are crucial in podcasts.
                              [00:26:38] Just go for it, don't hold back.
                              
                              Discussion questions:
                              
                              1. How did Steve Randall first get involved in podcasting and what made him want to pursue it as a full-time job?
                              2. What factors contributed to the growth in popularity of podcasts over the years?
                              3. How does the accessibility of audio podcasts make them more appealing...]]>1486false12fullhttps://librotas.com/podcast/
                                 In this first series, Karen interviews expert contributors from her updated and expanded second edition of ‘Book Marketing Made Simple’, launching on 28 September. And if you are wondering why she set up the podcast, what you can expect from the interviews, and an insight into ‘Book Marketing Made Simple’, in this introductory episode, Sheryl Andrews puts Karen firmly in the hotseat.
                                 
                                 FREE BONUS:
                                 
                                 You can download the bonuses that accompany this podcast at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                                 
                                 GET THE BOOK:
                                 
                                 Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                                 
                                 Guest: Karen Williams
                                 
                                 Bio: Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well. With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.
                                 
                                 Website: http://www.librotas.com
                                 
                                 Socials:
                                 
                                 https://www.facebook.com/librotas
                                 https://twitter.com/librotas
                                 https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas
                                 https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas
                                 
                                 Key topics and bullets:
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 • Introduction to the Business Book Bites Podcast and host Sheryl Andrews
                                 • Background information on guest Karen Williams, The Book Mentor at Librotas
                                 • Karen's decision to launch the Business Book Bites Podcast
                                 • Reasons for launching the podcast, including updating her book and showcasing experts
                                 • Karen's goal of showcasing contributors to the book and promoting her upcoming book launch
                                 • Discussion on the commitment and experimentation involved in podcasting
                                 • Expectations for the interviews in the podcast, focusing on specific book marketing topics
                                 • Mention of upcoming interviews on podcasting, Instagram, companion books, and LinkedIn networking
                                 • The plan to dive deep into each topic with an expert in each interview
                                 • Teaser that snippets of what Karen has learned will be shared in future episodes
                                 • Connection between the podcast and Karen's upcoming book, ‘Book Marketing Made Simple’
                                 • Karen's intention to update the book to reflect changes in technology, marketing strategies, and the impact of COVID-19
                                 • The decision to draw a line and finalise the book, despite there being more information that could have been included.
                                 
                                 Time stamped overview:
                                 
                                 00:00:54 Formal podcast launched to showcase book experts.
                                 00:06:09 Book Marketing Made Simple in 2023 was updated significantly with the addition of a planner.
                                 00:10:13 Interviewee discovers new marketing strategies for authors.
                                 00:12:00 Excited to keep the podcast going!
                                 
                                 Discussion questions:
                                 
                                 1. How has Karen's experience as a book mentor influenced her decision to start the Business Book Bites Podcast?
                                 2. What are Karen's goals for the podcast? How does she hope to benefit from it both personally and professionally?
                                 3. What does Karen hope to achieve by showcasing the experts who have contributed to her book on the podcast?
                                 4. How does Karen approach the long-term commitment of podcasting, considering the number of episodes some podcasts have accumulated?
                                 5. In what ways does Karen believe the podcast interviews will provide valuable information to listeners?
                                 6. How long does Karen aim to make each podcast episode, and why does she believe this format is effective for the content she wants to share?
                                 7. Why does Karen choose not to share any snippets or outtakes from the interviews during this episode?
                                 8. How do the podcast and Karen's new book tie together? How does one enhance the other?
                                 9. How did the process of updating Book Marketing Made Simple become more extensive than Karen initially anticipated?
                                 10. What challenges did Karen face in deciding when to stop updating her book and reaching a deadline?
                                 
                                 Keywords: Business Book Bites Podcast, Sheryl Andrews, book mentor, Librotas, book coach, book marketing plan, business plan, Book Marketing Made Simple, book marketing, podcast interviews, podcasting, new book, publishing, writing, marketing a book, new business podcast, expert interviews, podcast experts, podcast experiment, book marketing planner]]>https://api.spreaker.com/episode/56650620Mon, 04 Sep 2023 04:00:03 +0000Karen WilliamsThere’s only so much information that you can include in a book. This is why Karen Williams (The Book Mentor) set up The Book Mentor podcast, and she intends to delve deeper into topics around marketing, business and books.  In this first series,...
                                 In this first series, Karen interviews expert contributors from her updated and expanded second edition of ‘Book Marketing Made Simple’, launching on 28 September. And if you are wondering why she set up the podcast, what you can expect from the interviews, and an insight into ‘Book Marketing Made Simple’, in this introductory episode, Sheryl Andrews puts Karen firmly in the hotseat.
                                 
                                 FREE BONUS:
                                 
                                 You can download the bonuses that accompany this podcast at www.librotas.com/podcastbonuses.
                                 
                                 GET THE BOOK:
                                 
                                 Get your copy of Book Marketing Made Simple and the Book Marketing Planner at www.bookmarketingmadesimple.com.
                                 
                                 Guest: Karen Williams
                                 
                                 Bio: Karen Williams is The Book Mentor at Librotas®, a leading authority in helping experts, entrepreneurs, and leaders write and market non-fiction books. Having started out in business in 2006, and writing her first book in 2009, she knows the difference that writing a book can make to your business when done well. With a focus on sharing significant stories and memorable messages, Karen guides her clients through the entire process of planning, writing, marketing, and launching a book that boosts credibility, attracts new clients, and creates exciting opportunities. Karen is the bestselling author of 10 books.
                                 
                                 Website: http://www.librotas.com
                                 
                                 Socials:
                                 
                                 https://www.facebook.com/librotas
                                 https://twitter.com/librotas
                                 https://www.linkedin.com/in/karenwilliamslibrotas
                                 https://www.instagram.com/karenwilliamslibrotas
                                 
                                 Key topics and bullets:
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 • Introduction to the Business Book Bites Podcast and host Sheryl Andrews
                                 • Background information on guest Karen Williams, The Book Mentor at Librotas
                                 • Karen's decision to launch the Business Book Bites Podcast
                                 • Reasons for launching the podcast, including updating her book and showcasing experts
                                 • Karen's goal of showcasing contributors to the book and promoting her upcoming book launch
                                 • Discussion on the commitment and experimentation involved in podcasting
                                 • Expectations for the interviews in the podcast, focusing on specific book marketing topics
                                 • Mention of upcoming interviews on podcasting, Instagram, companion books, and LinkedIn networking
                                 • The plan to dive deep into each topic with an expert in each interview
                                 • Teaser that snippets of what Karen has learned will be shared in future episodes
                                 • Connection between the podcast and Karen's upcoming book, ‘Book Marketing Made Simple’
                                 • Karen's intention to update the book to reflect changes in technology, marketing strategies, and the impact of COVID-19
                                 • The decision to draw a line and finalise the book, despite there being more information that could have been included.
                                 
                                 Time stamped overview:
                                 
                                 00:00:54 Formal podcast launched to showcase book experts.
                                 00:06:09 Book Marketing Made Simple...]]>782false11full